sirius ic10n news 2015

SIRIUS

Industrial ControlsSIRIUS Product News ‒ Hannover Messe 2015

CatalogNewsIC 10 N

EditionApril2015

U1_IC10N_04_2015_en.indd 3U1_IC10N_04_2015_en.indd 3 5/4/2015 8:07:04 AM5/4/2015 8:07:04 AM

© Siemens AG 2015

product?3RA1943-2C

Related catalogs

Industrial Controls IC 10SIRIUS

E86060-K1010-A101-A5-7600

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10Electrical Installation Technology SENTRON • SIVACON • ALPHAProtection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices, Switchboards and Distribution SystemsE86060-K8280-A101-A2-7600

Safety Integrated SI 10Safety Technology forFactory Automation

E86060-K7010-A101-A2-7600

Industrial Communication IK PISIMATIC NET

E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600

SIMATIC ST 70Products forTotally Integrated Automation

E86060-K4670-A101-B4-7600

SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors D 81.1Type series 1LE1, 1MB1 and 1PC1Frame sizes 71 to 315Power range 0.18 to 200 kW

E86060-K5581-A111-A7-7600

SITRAIN ITCTraining for Industry

Only available in GermanE86060-K6850-A101-C4

Products for Automation and Drives CA 01Interactive Catalog, DVD

E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600

Industry Mall Information and Ordering Platformin the Internet:

www.siemens.com/industrymall

Information and Download Center Digital versions of the catalogs are available in the Internet

www.siemens.com/sirius/catalogs

Response E-mailPlease send your comments and suggestions for improvement to

[email protected] (include the catalog name in the subject field)

Related catalogs Miscellaneous

All product designations may be registered trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies. Third parties using these trademarks or product names for their own purposes may infringe upon the rights of the trademark owners.

Further information about industrial controls:www.siemens.com/sirius

Expert technical assistance for Industrial controls:Tel.: +49 (911) 895-5900Fax: +49 (911) 895-5907

E-Mail: [email protected]

Trademarks Technical Assistance

© Siemens AG 2015

http://www.siemens.com/industrymall

http://www.siemens.com/sirius/catalogs

mailto:[email protected]

http://www.siemens.com/sirius

mailto:[email protected]

https://www.automation.siemens.com/ce-static/ftp/Safety_SI10_complete_English_2014.pdf

https://www.lowvoltage.siemens.com/infocenter/doc/SENTRON-_-SIVACON-_-ALPHA---Catalog-LV-10---2015_6803.pdf

http://www.automation.siemens.com/ce-static/ftp/SIRIUS_IC10_complete_English_2015.pdf

http://www.automation.siemens.com/sc-static/catalogs/catalog/IK_PI_2015_en.pdf

http://www.automation.siemens.com/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/simatic_st70_complete_english_2013.pdf

http://w3app.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter/dokumentencenter/ld/InfocenterLanguagePacks/katalog-d81-1/simotics-low-voltage-motors-catalog-d81-1-2014-en.zip

http://sitrain.automation.siemens.com/DE/sitrain/mcms/sitrain2/infomaterial/germany/Documents/Katalog_Gesamt_20142015.pdf

1 Introduction

2 Industrial Communication

3 Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies – for Switching Motors

4 Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies – Special Applications

5 Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies – Contactor Relays and Relays

6 Switching Devices – Soft Starters and Solid-State Switching Devices

7 Protection Equipment

8 Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet

9 Motor Starters for Use in the Field, High Degree of Protection

10 Monitoring and Control Devices

11 Safety Technology

12 Position and Safety Switches

13 Commanding and Signaling Devices

14 Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS

15 Products for Specific Requirements

16 Appendix

Industrial ControlsSIRIUS

Catalog News IC 10 N · 04/2015

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of this catalog:www.siemens.com/industrymall

Please contact your local Siemens branch.

© Siemens AG 2015

The products and systems described in this catalog are manufactured/distributed under application of a certified quality management system in accordance with EN ISO 9001 (for the Certified Registration Nos. see www.siemens.com/system-certificates/cp). The certificate is recognized by all IQNet countries.

© Siemens AG 2015

http://www.siemens.com/industrymall

http://www.siemens.com/system-certificates/cp

2 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

NEW

CM 4xIO-Link communication moduleIO-Link master module for ET 200AL

Article No.: 6ES7147-5JD00-0BA0

Page 2/10

SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design

Article No.: 3RQ30, 3RQ31

Page 5/3

SIRIUS 3RA2 load feedersSize S2

Article No.: 3RA2130, 3RA2150

Page 8/19

3UF7 motor management systemSIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU

Article No.: 3UF7012-1A.00-0

Page 10/12

SIRIUS 3RS70 signal convertersSingle-range, multi-range, universal converters

Article No.: 3RS70

Page 10/20

SIRIUS 3SK safety relaysSIRIUS 3SK2 basic units

Article No.: 3SK2112, 3SK2122

Page 11/15

SIRIUS 3SE66, 3SE67 non-contact safety switches, magnetically operatedSupplementary range in new design

Article No.: 3SE66, 3SE67

Page 12/5

SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights

Article No.: 3SU1

Page 13/4

SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) V13Software for SIMOCODE pro 3UF7

Article No.: 3ZS1322

Page 14/4

SIRIUS Safety ES Software for 3SK2 and 3RK3

Article No.: 3ZS1316

Page 14/9

© Siemens AG 2015

Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

2

2

Price group

PG 255

2/2 Introduction

IO-LinkIntroduction

2/3 Communication overview2/4 System components2/9 IO-Link specification

MastersIO-Link master module for ET 200AL

2/10 - CM 4xIO-Link

Industrial Communication

© Siemens AG 2015

Click on the Article No. in the catalog PDF to access it in the Industry Mall and get all related information.

Or directly in the Internet, e. g. www.siemens.com/product?3RA1943-2C

3RA1943-2C3RA1943-2B3RA1953-2B3RA1953-2N

Article-No.

http://www.siemens.com/product?3RA1943-2C

2/2 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Industrial Communication

Introduction

2

■ Overview

Article No. Page

IO-Link

IO-Link family

IO-Link is an open communication standard for sensors and actuators – defined by the Profibus User Organization (PNO).

2/3

• Dynamic changing of sensor/actuator parameters directly by the PLC

• Devices can be exchanged during operation, without a PC or programming device, through re-parameterization using the user program by means of a function block (FB) or parameter server

• Fast commissioning thanks to central data storage

• Consistent diagnostic information as far as the sensor/actuator level

• Uniform and greatly reduced wiring of different sensors/actuators/controls

Your advantage: Fast commissioning and flexible maintenance thanks to central data storage, less wiring work because no passive distributors are needed.

IO-Link: MastersThe IO-Link master modules form the heart of the IO-Link system.

CM 4xIO-Link for ET 200AL

IO-Link master module for ET 200AL

CM 4xIO-Link communication module

• IO-Link master as serial communication module with 4 ports (channels) according to IO-Link specification V1.1

• Easy device exchange with automatic data recovery without engineering for IO-Link device

• Up to four IO-Link devices can be connected to each IO-Link master module

• Supports IO-Link port class B

• Data transmission rates COM1 (4.8 kBd), COM2 (38.4 kBd), COM3 (230.4 kBd), automatic adjustment to the data transmission rate supported by the device

Your advantage: Easy connection of sensors and actuators to the I/Os directly in the machine's field area.

6ES7 2/10

© Siemens AG 2015

IO-LinkIntroduction

Communication overview

2

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

IO-Link is an open communication standard for sensors and actuators – defined by the PROFIBUS User Organization (PNO). IO-Link technology is based on the point-to-point connection of sensors and actuators to the control system.

Parameter and diagnostics data are transmitted in addition to the cyclic operating data for the connected sensors/actuators. The simple, unshielded three-wire cable customary for standard sensors is used for this purpose.

■ Benefits

Engineering• Standardized, open system for greater flexibility (non-Siemens

IO-Link devices can be integrated in engineering)• Uniform, transparent configuring and programming through

integrated engineering (SIMATIC STEP 7)• Unassigned SIMATIC function blocks for easy parameteriza-

tion, diagnostics and read-out of measured values• Efficient engineering thanks to pre-integration into SIMATIC HMI• Low error rate in CAD circuit diagram design as a result of

reduced control current wiring

Installation and commissioning• Faster assembly with minimized error rate as a result of reduced

control current wiring• Less space required in the control cabinet• Low-cost circuitry where there are several feeders by making

full use of existing components

Operation and maintenance• High transparency in the system right down to field level and

integration into power management systems• Reduction in downtimes and maintenance times thanks to

system-wide diagnostics and faster fault correction• Support of predictive maintenance• Shorter changeover times, even for field devices,

by means of parameter and recipe management

■ Application

IO-Link can be used in the following main applications:• Easy connection of complex IO-Link sensors/actuators with a

large number of parameters and diagnostic data to the control system

• Replacement of sensor boxes for connecting binary sensors with the IO-Link input modules optimized in terms of cabling

• Optimized cable connection of switching devices to the control system

• Simple transmission of energy values from the device to the control system for integration into a user program or power management

In these cases, all the diagnostics data are transmitted to the higher-level control system through IO-Link. The parameter settings can be changed during operation. Central data storage means that it is possible to exchange an IO-Link sensor/actuator without a PC or programming device.

Integration in STEP 7

Integration of the device configuration in the STEP 7 environment guarantees: • Quick and easy engineering • Consistent data storage• Quick localization and rectification of faults

Control andmonitoring system

Telecontrol and substation control

Remote access, e.g. via teleservice

Control andmonitoring systemField device for

intrinsically safe area

Coupler

Field devices

Code reading systems

RFID system

Telecontrol and substation control

Compactstarter

Compactstarter

Compactstarter

Compactfeeder

Field devices

Field device

Power supply

Power supply

Signalling column

Code reading

systems

IO-Linkmaster

RFID system

S7-1200 with CP�1242-7

Protection and monitoring devices

IO-Link module

IO-Link module

RFID system

RFID system

Protection and monitoring devices

PC/PG/IPC

Controller

Controller

Industrial Ethernet

PROFIBUSPROFIBUS PA

Laptop

Motion ControlSystems

Notebook

SINAMICS Drives

Numeric Control

Numeric Control

MobilePanel

SIMOCODE pro

PROFINET

ASM456

PC

Controller

PC/PG/IPC

Controller

Controller

Security

Link

Drives

Wireless Devices

PC/PG

AccessPoint

Mobile Panel

IWLAN Controller

Database Server

DP-Slave Motion ControlSystems

ControllerLOGO!

Slaves Slaves

AS-Interface

Link

RF180C

AccessPoint

Link

Industrial EthernetSwitches

IWLANRCoax Cable

AccessPoint

ClientModule

G_I

K10_

XX_3

0049

2/3Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

IO-LinkIntroduction

System components

2© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

IO-Link product family

To implement communication, a system installation has the following main components:

• One IO-Link master• One or more IO-Link devices, such as sensors

(e.g. RFID systems), actuators or combinations thereof• A standard 3-wire sensor/actuator cable

Example of a configuration with the system components

with SIRIUS 3RT2 contactorSIRIUS

Field installationSwitching cabinet installation

relaysoverload

3RB24 SIRIUS

S7-PCTSIMATIC engineering: IO-Link

WinCCSIMATIC HMI Visualization:

Engineering and visualization

ET 200SP (ET 200S)with IO-Link master

S7-400

Controller

RF200systemRFID

RF200systemRFID

sensorsStandard

moduleIO-Link K20

masterwith IO-Link

ET 200eco PN SIMATIC

relays3RS15 3RS14/SIRIUS

3RR24 relay

S7-300/

Actuators

3UG48relay

SIRIUS

compact starters

3RA6 SIRIUS

function moduleswith 3RA27

3RA2 load feeders SIRIUS

ControllerS7-1200

IK10

_301

41c

IO-Link

PROFINET

2/4 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

IO-LinkIntroduction

System components

2

© Siemens AG 2015

Compatibility of IO-Link

IO-Link guarantees compatibility between IO-Link-capable modules and standard modules as follows: • IO-Link sensors can be operated both on IO-Link modules

(masters) and standard input modules.• IO-Link sensors/actuators as well as today's standard

sensors/actuators can be used on IO-Link masters.• If conventional components are used in the IO-Link system,

naturally only the standard functions are available in this case.

Analog signals

Another advantage of IO-Link technology is that analog signals are digitized already in the IO-Link sensor itself and are digitally transmitted by the IO-Link communication. As the result, faults are prevented and there is no extra cost for cable shielding.

Enhanced through IO-Link input modules

IO-Link compatibility also permits connection of standard sen-sors/actuators, i.e. conventional sensors/actuators can also be connected to IO-Link. This is particularly effective with theIO-Link input modules, which allow several sensors to be con-nected at one time via a cable to the controller.

Overload relays

A starter combination, for example, consists of one or more SIRIUS 3RT contactors and one 3RB24 electronic overload relay for IO-Link plus its 3RB29 current measuring module.

3RB24 overload relays with IO-Link are basically designed to provide current-dependent protection for loads against inadmis-sibly high temperature rises due to overload, phase asymmetry or phase failure.

Direct-on-line starters can, therefore, as shown in the diagram, be connected to the control system via IO-Link without much wiring. Remote control of connected contactors, current value transmission and immediate remote fault diagnosis are just some examples of the large number of functions that can be implemented with this device.

It is also possible to directly address a drive on-site via IO-Link using the optional hand-held device.

Connecting an IO-Link-capable overload relay to a SIMATIC S7-1200 controller

Load feeders and motor starters

Through IO-Link it is possible to control not only sensors but also actuators in the form of load feeders and motor starters.

Possibilities for connecting load feeders and motor starters to IO-Link or in the conventional way

Grouping of motor starters

The SIRIUS controls allow four starters to be combined to form a group.

Connection of a motor starter group made up of three 3RA64 direct-on-line starters and one 3RA65 reversing starter

In this way up to 16 starters can be operated on a single IO-Link master. This leads to a reduction in the installation space and control wiring required.

3RV motor starterprotector

and 3RT contactor

Feeder

Motor

3RB29current

measuring module

SIRIUS 3RB24solid-state overload relayand 3RA69 manual control unit

Programmable logic controller (PLC) CPU S7-1200 SM 1278 4 x IO-Link master

IC01

_002

95

IO-Link

Sensors SensorsActuators Actuators

Point-to-pointconnection through IO-Link

Classicwiring

ET 200S/ET 200SPwith IO-Link master

ET 200S/ET 200SP with digital I/O modules

K20Sensorbox

NS

A0_

0048

9c

2/5Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

IO-LinkIntroduction

System components

2© Siemens AG 2015

Monitoring relays

By using monitoring relays with IO-Link it is now possible to send data that has already been recorded and evaluated in the de-vices directly to the controller. This avoids the use of duplicated sensors.

Possibilities for interfacing conventional 3UG46 monitoring relays (in comparison with 3UG48)

Possibilities for interfacing 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link

3

1 2

Feeder

PLC

Motor

3UG46monitoring relay



Analog signal

converter

Current transfor-

mers

Autonomous operation without PLC

Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data transmission to PLC

Signaling of limit value violation to PLC

1

23

IC01_00003

2

1

1

PLC

IO-Link master



3UG48monitoring relay Feeder

Autonomous operation without PLC

Signaling of limit value violation plus measurement data transmission to PLC

2

Motor

1

IC01_00004

IO-Link

2/6 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

IO-LinkIntroduction

System components

2

© Siemens AG 2015

Wireless communication

Using an upstream IWLAN client module, such as SCALANCE W722-1 RJ45, allows IO-Link to be be integrated into the PROFINET world via a distributed I/O. Possible uses include acting as an alternative to fault-prone cable carrier or collector wire technology.

The individual diagnostics options offered by the various IO-Link devices provide greater transparency for the production pro-cess. Just like the parameter data for a device, these diagnos-tics data can be evaluated remotely using the possibilities of-fered by SIMATIC. This supports remote maintenance down to the lowest level in the field.

Wireless communication between Industrial Ethernet and IO-Link components

ET 200SP (ET 200S)with IO-Link master

Pump station Maintenance station

Control room

3RA6 Compact starter

IC01

_001

98b

Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Ethernet

IO-Link

SCALANCE W722-1 RJ45

SIMATIC HMI KTP 1500 Basic

SIMATICS7-300

SCALANCE W786-1 RJ45 Access Point

2/7Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

IO-LinkIntroduction

System components

2© Siemens AG 2015

IO-Link components

IO-Link masters, software, cablesMasters

CM 4xIO-Link for ET 200AL

IO-Link master module for S7-1200

• SM 1278 4xIO-Link signal module

IO-Link master module for ET 200SP

• CM 4xIO-Link communication module

IO-Link master modules for ET 200S

• 4SI IO-Link electronic module• SIRIUS 4SI electronic module

IO-Link master module for ET 200eco PN

• ET 200eco PN IO-Link master

See Catalog IC 10,chapter 2 "Industrial Communication"

IO-Link master module for ET 200AL

• CM 4xIO-Link communication module see page 2/10

Software

STEP 7 PCT

STEP 7 PCT (Port Configuration Tool)

Engineering software for configuring the IO-Link master modules for S7-1200, ET 200SP, ET 200S, ET 200eco PN and ET 200AL

• Available as a stand-alone version or integrated into STEP 7 (V5.5 SP1 or later) and TIA (V12 or later)

• Engineering of the IO-Link devices connected to the master

• Monitoring of the process image of the IO-Link devices• Open interface for importing further IODDs • Freely available to download from

Industry Online Support, seehttps://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/en/en/view/32469496

IODD files

IO Device Description (IODD) files provide the device description for IO-Link devices

• Comprehensive IODD catalog of SIEMENS IO-Link devices

• Freely available to download from Industry Online Support; see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/#prod-ucts?search=IODD&o=DefaultRankingDesc&lc=de-WW

IO-Link Call function block

IO-Link Call function block

STEP 7 function block for easy acyclical data exchange in the user program

• Freely available for download from Industry Online Support see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/en/en/view/82981502

"Siemens IO-Link Devices" block library

"Siemens IO-Link Devices" block library

This library contains the function blocks and UDTs (User Defined Datatypes) for all IO-Link devices from the Siemens portfolio. These elements are designed to standardize and facilitate communication with IO-Link devices.

• Freely available for download from Industry Online Support see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/90529409

Cable

3-wire standard cable

See for example Catalog ID 10 "Industrial Identification Systems"

IO-Link devicesDetection with IO-Link

K20 input module

IO-Link input modules

K20 input module

• 4 inputs, M12 connections• 8 inputs, standard M8 connections

See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication"

BOOLIOL_CALL

DWORDINT

DONEBUSY

INTINTINT RD_LEN

INTANY

BOOLERROR

IOL_STATUSSTATUS

BOOLBOOL

INT

BOOL

DWORDDWORD

REQ

IDCAP

PORTIOL_INDEXIOL_SUBINDEX

LENRECORD_IOL_DATA

RD_WR

IC01

_001

97

IO-Link devices (continued)Detection with IO-Link

SIMATIC RF210R, SIMATIC RF220R, SIMATIC RF260R (top)

IO-Link RFID systems

SIMATIC RF200 RFID system in the HF range

• SIMATIC RF210R, SIMATIC RF220R, SIMATIC RF260R products

• Simple identification tasks such as reading an ID number (UID)

• Reading of user data • Writing of user data• No RFID-specific programming, ideal for those new to

RFID• Simple connection via master modules for IO-Link,

such as SIMATIC ET 200S and ET 200eco PN• Use with the tried and tested ISO 15693 transponders

(MOBY D)

See Catalog ID 10 "Industrial Identification Systems"

Switching with IO-Link

SIRIUS 3RA2711 function modules for IO-Link

Contactors and contactor assemblies

Power contactors for switching motors

• SIRIUS 3RT20 contactors, 3-pole

Contactor assemblies

• SIRIUS 3RA23 reversing contactor assemblies• SIRIUS 3RA24 contactor assemblies for wye-delta

starting

SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link

• For direct-on-line starters, reversing starters and wye-delta starters

See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3 "Switching Devices − Contactors and Contactor Assemblies − for Switching Motors"

SIRIUS 3RA64 direct-on-line starter

Motor starters for use in the control cabinet

SIRIUS 3RA6 compact starters

• 3RA64 direct-on-line starters• 3RA65 reversing starters• Infeed system for 3RA6

See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 8 "Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet"

Contactors with IO-Link

SIRIUS 3RB24overload relay

Overload relays

SIRIUS 3RB24 electronic overload relays for IO-Link

• Evaluation modules• Current measuring modules from 0.3 to 630 A• Controlling direct-on-line, reversing and wye-delta

starters via IO-Link in conjunction with contactors• Full motor protection• Diagnostics and current value transmission via IO-Link

See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 7 "Protection Equipment"

Monitoring with IO-Link

SIRIUS 3RR24 monitoring relay

SIRIUS 3RR24 monitoring relays for IO-Link

• Monitoring of current, phase failure, open circuit and phase sequence

• Designed for mounting on 3RT2 contactors

See Catalog IC 10, Chapter 10 "Monitoring and Control Devices"

SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relay

SIRIUS 3UG48 monitoring relays for IO-Link

• Monitoring network, voltage, current, power factor, re-sidual current or speed, depending on device design

• On/tripping delay time can be adjusted


SIRIUS 3RS14 temperature monitoring relay

SIRIUS 3RS14, 3RS15 temperature monitoring relays for IO-Link

• Temperature monitoring with connected sensors• Two limit values, can be adjusted separately


2/8 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/en/en/view/32469496

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/en/en/view/82981502

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/90529409

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs#products?search=IODD&o=DefaultRankingDesc&Ic=de-WW

IO-LinkIntroduction

IO-Link specification

2

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

Principles of the IO-Link specification

According to the IO-Link specification, communication functions as follows: • Transmission takes place via an unshielded three-wire cable

no more than 20 m long, of the kind normally used for standard sensors

• Digital communication from 0 to 24 V on the so-called C/Q cable

• Most of the values transmitted are measured values from the sensors

• The sensors and actuators are described by the IO Device Description (IODD)

• One IO-Link device can be connected to each IO-Link port of the master (point-to-point connection)

• The transmission rates between IO-Link master and the devices are as follows:- via COM1: 4 800 Bd - via COM2: 38 400 Bd - via COM3: 230 400 Bd

• The average cycle time is 2 ms for the reading/writing of 16 data bits at a transmission rate of 38 400 Bd

IO-Link protocol

The IO-Link protocol supports both the Standard IO mode(SIO) and the IO-Link communication mode (COM).

The structure of the protocol and its message frames depends on the types of data to be transmitted.

Data types

In the IO-Link specification a distinction is made between the following data types:

Process data

The process data of the devices are transferred cyclically in a data frame, with the process data width defined by the device. Process data of 0 to 32 bytes are possible per device (input and output in each case). The consistency width of the transmission is not fixed and therefore depends on the master.

Value status

Each port has a value status (port qualifier). The value status indicates whether the process data are valid or invalid. The value status can be transferred cyclically with the process data.

Device data

Device data can be parameters, identification data and diagnos-tics information. They are exchanged acyclically and in re-sponse to an inquiry from the IO-Link master. Device data can be written into the device (Write) and also read from the device (Read).

Events

When an event occurs, the device sends a signal to the master to report that an event is active. The master then reads out the event. Events can be error messages (e.g. a short circuit) and warnings/maintenance data (e.g. contamination, overheating). Error messages are sent from the device to the PLC or HMI via the IO-Link master. The IO-Link master is itself able to send events and statuses. These include e.g. open circuits and breaks in communication.

Device parameters and events are sent independently of the cyclic transmission of process data. Transmissions do not affect or impair each other.

Data storage

As of Specification V1.1, a data storage concept has been created for IO-Link. In this concept, the IO-Link device initiates the storage of its data on a higher-level parameter server. In the event that a device is replaced, the parameter server can restore the original parameterization. It is therefore possible to replace the devices without re-parameterization.

The IO-Link master contains the parameter server. The parame-ter server can also be implemented centrally in the PLC or in a system server. In this case the data must be downloaded to the control system by means of the function blocks provided.

IO-Link master

The IO-Link master is the interface to higher-level control sys-tems. The IO-Link master presents itself as a normal fieldbus node, and is integrated into the appropriate network configurator via the relevant device description (e.g. GSD file).

IO Device Description (IODD)

The IO Device Description (IODD) has been defined to provide a full, transparent description of system characteristics as far as the IO-Link device.

The IODD contains information on communication characteris-tics, device parameters, identification, process and diagnostics data, and is supplied by the manufacturer. The design of the IODD is the same for all devices from all manufacturers, and is always presented in the same way by the IODD Interpreter Tools. This therefore ensures that the handling is the same for allIO-Link devices, whatever the manufacturer.

New in IO-Link specification V1.1

The IO-Link specification is currently available in Version 1.1, and standardized in accordance with IEC 61131-9.

Specification V1.1 offers the following new features compared with the previous specification V1.0:• Transmission of up to 32 bytes of process data in a single

cycle• Parameter server function

IO-Link master

Interface hardware:Compatible with sensors according to IEC 60947-5-2 and actuatorsCommunication and switching possible alternately

IO-Link device

SIOStandard IOswitching operation

SIO / IO-Link

COMSerial, bidirectional communication

IC01

_001

76

L+

C/Q

L–

41

23

2/9Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

IO-LinkMastersIO-Link Master Module for ET 200AL

CM 4xIO-Link

2© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

CM 4xIO-Link communication module

• CM 4xIO-Link communication module, 30 mm wide• Four IO-Link ports according to specification V1.1• Port type class B• The IO-Link parameters are configured by means of the Port

Configuration Tool (PCT) with version V3.2 and higher.

■ Application

The CM 4xIO-Link communication module supports data exchange between up to four IO-Link devices.

IO-Link devices (e.g. sensors) with class A port are intercon-nected by means of a 3-wire cable. IO-Link devices that require an additional supply voltage and have a class B port (e.g. actu-ators) are interconnected by means of a 5-wire cable.

Since IO-Link is compatible with standard sensors, commer-cially available sensors compliant with IEC 61131 Type 1 can also be operated on the IO-Link master.

The 30 mm wide I/O modules are ideally suited for use in ex-tremely confined spaces. They have adjustable parameters and diagnostic functions and can therefore be flexibly adapted to in-dividual process requirements.

■ Configuration

The I/O modules have a screw mounting hole at the front and side, and can be mounted in any position. As a result, they are extremely flexible to install on either a level surface or on alumi-num mounting rails using sliding blocks.

The CM 4xIO-Link communication module is equipped with:• A backplane bus connection (Ethernet connection) with

M8 connection system for connection to an interface module or other I/O modules

• A power supply connection with M8 connection system with loop-through

• LED display for port status• LED display for channel status in SIO mode• LED display for module status (DIAG)

• LED display for load voltage 2L+ (PWR)• Labeling plates for channel, module and slot identification• Integrated cable tie holder• Meaningful module inscription on front panel:

- Plain text marking of module type- Interface marking- LED label

• Meaningful module inscription on side panel:- Article number, function level and FW version- 2D matrix code (Article No. and serial number)- Pin assignments of all interfaces

Labeling plates for channel, module and slot identification are supplied with the modules. These labeling plates can be inscribed using commercially available inscription machines.

■ Function

• IO-Link master according to IO-Link specification V1.1• Four ports, class B type• Supported data transmission rates

- COM1 (4.8 kBd)- COM2 (38.4 kBd)- COM3 (230.4 kBd)

• Expansion limits - Cable length: Max. 20 m - Max. 32 bytes of input data and 32 bytes of output data

per port - Max. 32 bytes of input data and 32 bytes of output data

per module • Automatic backup of device parameters when the IO-Link

device is exchanged (applies only to devices that supportIO-Link specification V1.1)

• Reparameterization during ongoing operation• Standardized display and diagnostics concept:

- Port status display (port activated or deactivated, green LED)

- Channel status display for signal state in SIO mode(green LED)

- Module status display (DIAG, red/green LED)- Display for monitoring the load voltage 2L+

(PWR, green LED)• Supported functions:

- Detailed module diagnostics and diagnostic interrupt- Identification and maintenance data IM0 ... IM3- Firmware update- PROFIenergy

2/10 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

IO-LinkMasters

IO-Link Master Module for ET 200AL

CM 4xIO-Link

2

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Selection and ordering data

■ Accessories

Version DT Article No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

6ES7147-5JD00-0BA0

CM 4xIO-Link communication module A 6ES7147-5JD00-0BA0 1 1 unit 255

• IO-Link master for SIMATIC ET 200AL

• Corresponds to IO-Link specification V1.1

• Dimensions (W × H × D / mm): 30 x 159 x 34


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Bus cable for backplane bus (Ethernet connection) 4-pole, shielded

6ES7194-2L...-0AA0

• Pre-assembled at both ends, two M8 plugs- Length 0.3 m A 6ES7194-2LH03-0AA0 1 1 unit 255- Length 1 m A 6ES7194-2LH10-0AA0 1 1 unit 255- Length 2 m A 6ES7194-2LH20-0AA0 1 1 unit 255- Length 5 m A 6ES7194-2LH50-0AA0 1 1 unit 255- Length 10 m A 6ES7194-2LN10-0AA0 1 1 unit 255

6ES7194-2L...-0AB0

• Pre-assembled at both ends, two angled M8 plugs - Length 0.3 m A 6ES7194-2LH03-0AB0 1 1 unit 255- Length 1 m A 6ES7194-2LH10-0AB0 1 1 unit 255- Length 2 m A 6ES7194-2LH20-0AB0 1 1 unit 255- Length 5 m A 6ES7194-2LH50-0AB0 1 1 unit 255- Length 10 m A 6ES7194-2LN10-0AB0 1 1 unit 255

6ES7194-2L..0-0AC0

• Pre-assembled at one end, one M8 plug- Length 2 m A 6ES7194-2LH20-0AC0 1 1 unit 255- Length 5 m A 6ES7194-2LH50-0AC0 1 1 unit 255- Length 10 m A 6ES7194-2LN10-0AC0 1 1 unit 255

M8 power cable 4-pole

6ES7194-2L...-1AA0

• Pre-assembled at both ends, M8 plug and M8 socket- Length 0.3 m A 6ES7194-2LH03-1AA0 1 1 unit 255- Length 1 m A 6ES7194-2LH10-1AA0 1 1 unit 255- Length 2 m A 6ES7194-2LH20-1AA0 1 1 unit 255- Length 5 m A 6ES7194-2LH50-1AA0 1 1 unit 255- Length 10 m A 6ES7194-2LN10-1AA0 1 1 unit 255

6ES7194-2L...-1AB0

• Pre-assembled at both ends, angled M8 plug and angled M8 socket- Length 0.3 m A 6ES7194-2LH03-1AB0 1 1 unit 255- Length 1 m A 6ES7194-2LH10-1AB0 1 1 unit 255- Length 2 m A 6ES7194-2LH20-1AB0 1 1 unit 255- Length 5 m A 6ES7194-2LH50-1AB0 1 1 unit 255- Length 10 m A 6ES7194-2LN10-1AB0 1 1 unit 255

6ES7194-2L..0-1AC0

• Pre-assembled at one end, one M8 socket- Length 2 m A 6ES7194-2LH20-1AC0 1 1 unit 255- Length 5 m A 6ES7194-2LH50-1AC0 1 1 unit 255- Length 10 m A 6ES7194-2LN10-1AC0 1 1 unit 255

6ES7194-2AB00-0AA0

M8 plug for Ethernet connection

4-pole, shielded

A 6ES7194-2AB00-0AA0 1 1 unit 255

6ES7194-2AA00-0AA0

M8 power plug

Male contact insert, 4-pole

A 6ES7194-2AA00-0AA0 1 1 unit 255

6ES7194-2KA00-0AA0

Ethernet connection FastConnect stripping tool

Stripping tool for stripping the Ethernet connection bus cable

A 6ES7194-2KA00-0AA0 1 1 unit 255

2/11Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.Illustrations are approximate

www.siemens.com/product?6ES7147-5JD00-0BA0

www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2LH03-0AA0




www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2LN10-0AA0

www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2LH03-0AB0




www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2LN10-0AB0

www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2LH20-0AC0


www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2LN10-0AC0





www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2LN10-1AA0





www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2LN10-1AB0



www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2LN10-1AC0

www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2AB00-0AA0

www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2AA00-0AA0

www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2KA00-0AA0

IO-LinkMastersIO-Link Master Module for ET 200AL

CM 4xIO-Link

2© Siemens AG 2015

■ More information

Brochures

More information see http://www.siemens.com/simatic/printmaterial.

Industry Mall

More information see Industry Mall at "Automation Technology"➞ "Industrial Communication" ➞ "IO-Link" ➞ "Masters" ➞ "IO-Link Master Module for ET 200AL".

6ES7194-2BA00-0AA0

Labeling plates

• 10 x 5 mm, RAL 9016, 5 frames with 40 labels each

A 6ES7194-2BA00-0AA0 1 1 unit 255


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

2/12 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Illustrations are approximate

www.siemens.com/product?6ES7194-2BA00-0AA0

http://www.siemens.com/simatic/printmaterial


5

5

Price groupPG 41B, 41H

5/2 Introduction

Coupling relaysSIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays,slim design

5/3 General data5/7 Relay couplers5/8 Relay couplers with plug-in design5/9 Optocouplers with semiconductor

output5/10 Accessories

Note:Conversion tool, e.g. from 3TX7 to 3RQ3, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies – Contactor Relays and Relays

© Siemens AG 2015



3RA1943-2C3RA1943-2B3RA1953-2B3RA1953-2N

Article-No.

http://www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool


5/2 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor AssembliesContactor Relays and Relays

Introduction

5

■ Overview

Connection methods

The coupling links are available with screw or spring-type terminals.

Push-in connection system with TOP wiring

Push-in connections are a form of spring-type terminals allowing fast wiring without tools for rigid conductors or conductors equipped with end sleeves.

As with other spring-type terminals, a screwdriver (with 3.0 x 0.5 mm blade) is required to disconnect the conductor. The same tool can also be used to wire fine-stranded or stranded conductors with no end finishing.

The advantages of the push-in terminals are found, as with all spring-type terminals, in speed of assembly and disassembly and vibration-proof connection. There is no need for the check-ing and tightening required with screw terminals.

With the TOP wiring method, the wire inlet and terminals can be reached from the front. This helps to speed up the wiring pro-cess and eliminate wiring errors.

The advantages at a glance

Type 3RQ3 Article No. Page

Coupling relays in slim designRelay couplers, (not plug-in)

• Width 6.2 mm, 1 CO, versions with hard gold-plated contacts optionally available

- Output coupling links 3RQ301 5/7

- Input coupling links 3RQ303 5/7

Relay couplers with plug-in design

• Width 6.2 mm, 1 CO, versions with hard gold-plated contacts optionally available

- Output coupling links 3RQ311 5/8

Optocouplers with semiconductor output (not plug-in)

• Width 6.2 mm, output 1 semiconductor, triac or transistor

- Output coupling links 3RQ305, 3RQ306

5/9

- Input coupling links 3RQ307 5/9

Screw terminals

Spring-type terminals (push-in)

The terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.

© Siemens AG 2015

Coupling RelaysSIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, slim design

General data

5

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays

SIRUS 3RQ3 coupling relays in slim design are used to connect control signals from and to a PLC, and they are available in different versions:• Relay couplers (not plug-in)• Relay couplers with plug-in design• Optocouplers with semiconductor outputs (not plug-in)

Relay couplers

AC and DC operation

IEC 60947-5-1, DIN EN 60947-5-1

The input and output coupling links differ with regard to the positioning of the terminals and the LEDs.


AC and DC operation

IEC 60947-1

The relay couplers are plug-in so that the relay can be replaced quickly at the end of its service life without detaching the wiring.

Optocouplers with semiconductor outputs

AC and DC operation

IEC 60947-1, EN 60664-1 and EN 50005; optocouplers: EN 60747-5; programmable controllers: IEC 61131-2

The input and output coupling links differ with regard to the positioning of the terminals and the LED.

The optocouplers with semiconductor outputs have extremely high contact reliability, and are therefore particularly well suited for solid-state systems.

For test purposes, versions are available withmanual-0-automatic switches.

Note:

For the conversion tool, e.g. from 3TX7 to 3RQ3, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool.

Article No. scheme

Note:

The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers.

For your order please use the Article No. indicated in the catalog under the selection and ordering data.

Digit of the Article No. 1st - 4th@@@@

5th@

6th@

7th@ –

8th@

9th@

10th@

11th@

12th@

Coupling links in the new 6.2-mm enclosure

3RQ3

Function @

Design and output type @

Switching current at the output @

Connection methods @

Contacts @

Rated control supply voltage @

Max. switchable voltage at the output @

Contact variant @

Example 3RQ3 1 1 8 – 1 A M 0 0

5/3Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015



General data

5© Siemens AG 2015

■ Benefits

General• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals

(push-in technology)• Top wiring with spring-type terminals (push-in) for fast and

secure wiring.• Low space requirements in the control cabinet thanks to a

consistent width of 6.2 mm• Reduced inventory due to low variance• Clearly visible functional state of the relay coupler by green

LED• Integrated reverse polarity protection and EMC

arc-suppression diode• Uniform accessories throughout the entire 3RQ3 series• Integrated jumper option using connecting comb for all

terminals• Galvanic isolation plate for isolating different voltages for

neighboring units• Clip-on labels available as plotter matte paper for individual

printing

Relay couplers• Permanently soldered relays for increased contact reliability • Device variants with hard gold-plated contacts providing high

contact reliability at low currents

Relay couplers with plug-in design• Fast replacement of the relays with existing wiring• Tested complete units → lower assembly time• Individual relays available as spare parts• Device variants with hard gold-plated contacts providing high

contact reliability at low currents

Optocouplers with semiconductor outputs• Long service life as there is no mechanical wear• High switching frequency thanks to short make and break

times• Insensitive to vibrations • No contact bounce • Maximum contact reliability • Noise-free switching • Low control power required • Switching of DC and capacitive loads

■ Application

• Galvanic isolation between input and output circuit• Adjustment to different signal levels• Signal amplification

Motor control application example

M

Inpu

t

Out

put

PushbuttonPositionswitch

Coupling link

Coupling link

Motorcontactor

I/O devices

Electronic controlActuators110 V AC

230 V AC 24 V DC 24 V DC110 V AC 230 V AC

NSB0_00186a

5/4 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

5

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Technical specifications

Relay couplers


Type 3RQ3018-.AB00,3RQ3018-.AB01,3RQ3018-.AE00,3RQ3018-.AF00,3RQ3018-2A.08-0AA0,3RQ3038-.AB00,3RQ3038-.AB01,3RQ3038-.AE00,3RQ3038-.AE01,3RQ3038-.AF00,3RQ3038-.AF01,3RQ3052-.SM50,3RQ3053-.SG30

3RQ3050-.SM50,3RQ3052-.SM30,3RQ3052-.SM40,3RQ3055-.SM30,3RQ3070-.SB30

3RQ3065-.SM30 3RQ3070-.SG30 3RQ3118-.AB00,3RQ3118-.AB01,3RQ3118-.AE00,3RQ3118-.AE01,3RQ3118-.AF00,3RQ3118-.AF01,3RQ3118-.AM00,3RQ3118-.AM01

General dataDimensions (W x H x D) mm 6.2 x 72.5 x 93 6.2 x 75 x 93 6.2 x 72.5 x 93 6.2 x 76 x 93

Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to IEC 60664 for pollution degree 3 rated value

V 300 50 300 -- 300

Max. permissible voltage for protective separation between control circuit and auxiliary circuit

V 300 50 300 -- 300

Permissible ambient temperature

• During operation °C -25 ... +60• During storage °C -40 ... +85

IP degree of protection IP20

Version of the fuse link required for short-circuit protection of the auxiliary switch

Fuse gG: 4 A

Conductor cross-sections

Screw terminals

• Solid mm² 1x (0.25 ... 2.5)

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm² 1x (0.25 ... 1.5)

• AWG cables AWG 1x (20 ... 14)

Spring-type terminals

• Solid mm² 1x (0.25 ... 2.5)

• Finely stranded without end sleeve mm² 1x (0.25 ... 2.5)

• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm² 1x (0.25 ... 1.5)

• AWG cables AWG 1x (20 ... 14)

Type 3RQ3018-.AB00,3RQ3018-.AB01,3RQ3038-.AB00,3RQ3038-.AB01

3RQ3018-.AE00,3RQ3038-.AE00,3RQ3038-.AE01

3RQ3018-.AF00,3RQ3038-.AF00,3RQ3038-.AF01

3RQ3018-2AM08-0AA0

3RQ3018-2AN08-0AA0

Operating range factor of the control supply voltage, rated value

• At AC / at 50 Hz 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 --• At DC 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 0.7 ... 1.25

Active power input W 0.3 0.7 1 0.3 0.6

Type 3RQ3118-.AB0. 3RQ3118-.AE0. 3RQ3118-.AF0. 3RQ3118-.AM0.


• At AC / at 50 Hz 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 --• At DC 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25

Active power input W 0.3 0.7 1 0.3

W

H

D

5/5Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

5© Siemens AG 2015

Optocouplers with semiconductor output

Schematics

Relay couplers (not plug-in)

3RQ30.8


3RQ3118

Optocouplers with semiconductor outputs (not plug-in)

3RQ305.-.S.30

3RQ305.-.SM.0, 3RQ3070-.S.30

3RQ3052-.SM50

3RQ3065-.SM30

Type 3RQ3050-.SM50,3RQ3052-.SM30,3RQ3052-.SM40,3RQ3055-.SM30,3RQ3065-.SM30

3RQ3052-.SM50 3RQ3053-.SG30 3RQ3070-.SB30 3RQ3070-.SG30


• At AC / at 50 Hz -- 0.8 ... 1.1 -- 0.8 ... 1.1• At DC 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1

Active power input W 0.3 0.25 0.3 0.7

11A1

1412A2A2

IC01_00441

IC01_00440A2 - 1412

11A1+

0A2A2 14 13+

A1

+ +

- IC01_00443

13+A2A2 14 13+

A1

+ +

- IC01_00442

13

A2

A2

14 13

A1

IC01_00446

0A2A2 14 13+

A1 A3

+ +

-

HA0

IC01_00445

5/6 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


Relay couplers

5

© Siemens AG 2015


PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1PS* = 5 unitsPG = 41H

✓ Available

-- Not available

3RQ30.8-1 3RQ30.8-2

Control supply voltagerated value

Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts

Contactshard gold-plated

DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals(push-in)

Article No. Priceper PU

Article No. Priceper PUV

Relay couplers (not plug-in)Output coupling links24 AC/DC 1 -- } 3RQ3018-1AB00 } 3RQ3018-2AB00

✓ } 3RQ3018-1AB01 } 3RQ3018-2AB01

115 AC/DC 1 -- B 3RQ3018-1AE00 B 3RQ3018-2AE00

230 AC/DC 1 -- } 3RQ3018-1AF00 } 3RQ3018-2AF00

24 DC 1 -- -- } 3RQ3018-2AM08-0AA0

110 DC 1 -- -- B 3RQ3018-2AN08-0AA0

Input coupling links24 AC/DC 1 -- } 3RQ3038-1AB00 } 3RQ3038-2AB00

✓ } 3RQ3038-1AB01 C 3RQ3038-2AB01

115 AC/DC 1 -- } 3RQ3038-1AE00 A 3RQ3038-2AE00

✓ } 3RQ3038-1AE01 } 3RQ3038-2AE01

230 AC/DC 1 -- } 3RQ3038-1AF00 A 3RQ3038-2AF00

✓ } 3RQ3038-1AF01 B 3RQ3038-2AF01


www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3018-1AB00




www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3018-1AE00


www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3018-1AF00


www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3018-2AM08-0AA0

www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3018-2AN08-0AA0















5© Siemens AG 2015



✓ Available

-- Not available

3RQ3118-1 3RQ3118-2


Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts

Contactshard gold-plated



Article No. Priceper PUV

Relay couplers with plug-in designOutput coupling links24 AC/DC 1 -- A 3RQ3118-1AB00 A 3RQ3118-2AB00

✓ A 3RQ3118-1AB01 A 3RQ3118-2AB01

115 AC/DC 1 -- A 3RQ3118-1AE00 A 3RQ3118-2AE00

✓ A 3RQ3118-1AE01 A 3RQ3118-2AE01

230 AC/DC 1 -- A 3RQ3118-1AF00 A 3RQ3118-2AF00

✓ A 3RQ3118-1AF01 A 3RQ3118-2AF01

24 DC 1 -- A 3RQ3118-1AM00 A 3RQ3118-2AM00

✓ A 3RQ3118-1AM01 A 3RQ3118-2AM01















www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3118-1AM00





Optocouplers with semiconductor output

5

© Siemens AG 2015



✓ Available

-- Not available

3RQ3050-1SM50 3RQ3050-2SM50


Current carrying capacityof the semiconductor output

Manual-0-automatic switch


Resistive load

At DC-13 At AC-15

At 24 V At 60 VAt 240 V At 50/60 Hz



V A A A A

Optocouplers with semiconductor output (not plug-in)Output coupling links24 DC 0.5 0.5 0.5 -- -- } 3RQ3050-1SM50 } 3RQ3050-2SM50

2 2 -- -- -- } 3RQ3052-1SM30 } 3RQ3052-2SM30

2 2 -- -- } 3RQ3052-1SM40 } 3RQ3052-2SM40

-- -- 2 -- } 3RQ3052-1SM50 } 3RQ3052-2SM50

5 5 -- -- -- } 3RQ3055-1SM30 } 3RQ3055-2SM30

✓ B 3RQ3065-1SM30 C 3RQ3065-2SM30

110 ... 230 AC/DC 3 3 -- -- -- A 3RQ3053-1SG30 A 3RQ3053-2SG30

Input coupling links24 DC 0.5 5 -- -- -- } 3RQ3070-1SB30 } 3RQ3070-2SB30

110 ... 230 AC/DC 0.5 0.5 -- -- -- } 3RQ3070-1SG30 } 3RQ3070-2SG30


www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3050-1SM50












www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3053-1SG30

www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3053-2SG30

www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3070-1SB30





Accessories

5© Siemens AG 2015



PU(UNIT,

SET,M)

PS* PG

Galvanic isolation plates

3RQ3900-0A


For electrical separation of different potentials when devices of different types are installed side by side

A 3RQ3900-0A 1 10 units 41H

Connecting combs

3RQ3901-0B

Connecting combs

For linking the same potentials, current carrying capacity for infeed max. 6 A

• 2-pole A 3RQ3901-0A 1 10 units 41H

• 4-pole A 3RQ3901-0B 1 10 units 41H

• 8-pole A 3RQ3901-0C 1 10 units 41H

• 16-pole A 3RQ3901-0D 1 10 units 41H

Clip-on labelsClip-on labels

For terminal marking and equipment labeling, white

• 5 x 5 mm A 3RQ3902-0A 100 2 000 units 41H

• 6 x 12 mm A 3RQ3902-0B 100 1 200 units 41H

Tools for opening spring-type terminals

3RA2908-1A


Screwdrivers for all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx. 200 mm, titanium gray/black, partially insulated

A 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B



www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3900-0A


www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3901-0B

www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3901-0C

www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3901-0D



www.siemens.com/product?3RA2908-1A


8

8

Price groupsPG 14O, 41B, 41D, 41E

8/2 Introduction

SIRIUS 3RA2 load feeders 8/3 General data

3RA21 direct-on-line starters8/19 For snapping onto standard mounting

rails or for screw fixing8/25 For 60 mm busbars

3RA22 reversing starters8/29 For snapping onto standard mounting

rails or for screw fixing8/34 For 60 mm busbars

8/39 Accessories

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet

© Siemens AG 2015



3RA1943-2C3RA1943-2B3RA1953-2B3RA1953-2N

Article-No.


8/2 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet

Introduction

8

■ Overview

Central and compact starter solutions

Our range offers you many different possibilities for simple and practical starter solutions in the control cabinet. Features com-mon to all our load feeders, compact starters and motor starters: Like all SIRIUS devices they are optimally coordinated with each other, have a very compact design and are particularly easy and quick to install and wire up.

In addition there is a seamless range of SIRIUS 3RW soft starters available for soft starting in the control cabinet (see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 6 "Soft Starters and Solid-State Switching Devices" ➞ "SIRIUS 3RW Soft Starters").

3RA2110 3RA2210 3RA21303RA2150

Article No. Page

SIRIUS 3RA2 load feeders • The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders consist of the 3RV2 motor starter protector and

the 3RT2 contactor.The motor starter protector and contactor are prewired and mechanically and electrically connected in pre-assembled assembly kits (link modules, wiring kits and standard mounting rail or busbar adapters)

• 3 sizes (S00, S0, S2)• Can be supplied for direct-on-line start or reversing duty as

- complete unit or - single devices for self-assembly

• Can be supplied with screw or spring-type terminals

3RA21 direct-on-line starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing

• Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC and 24 V DC 3RA21 8/19

3RA21 direct-on-line starters for 60 mm busbars


3RA22 reversing starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing


3RA22 reversing starters for 60 mm busbars


Accessories for 3RA2 direct-on-line and reversing starters

8/39

© Siemens AG 2015

Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in the Control CabinetSIRIUS 3RA2 Load Feeders

General data

8

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

3RA2 load feeders

3RA22 reversing starters for snapping onto standard mounting rails or for screw fixing with screw terminals

The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders consist of the 3RV2 motor starter protector and the 3RT2 electromechanical contactor. The devices are electrically and mechanically connected using pre-assembled assembly kits (link modules, wiring kits and standard mounting rail or busbar adapters).

Around 500 preassembled 3RA2 combinations of these innova-tive 3RT2 controls and 3RV2 protection equipment can be ordered for direct-on-line and reversing starting of standard three-phase motors up to 65 A (approx. 30 kW).

In the 3RA2 load feeder, the 3RV2 motor starter protector is responsible for overload and short-circuit protection. Back-up protective devices, such as melting fuses or limiters, are super-fluous here, as the motor starter protector is short-circuit proof up to 150 kA at 400 V.

The 3RT2 contactor is particularly suitable for extremely complex switching tasks requiring the greatest endurance.

The 3RA2 load feeders are available with setting ranges from 0.14 to 65 A in sizes S00, S0 and S2:

The size of the 3RA2 load feeders is based on the size of the contactor:

1) The combination of an S00 motor starter protector with an S0 contactor is possible only for screw connection versions.

Operating conditions

3RA2 load feeders are climate-proof. They are intended for use in enclosed rooms in which no severe operating conditions (such as dust, caustic vapors, hazardous gases) prevail. Suitable covers must be provided for installation in dusty and damp locations.

Behavior in the event of short circuit

EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102) and IEC 60947-4-1 make a distinction between two different types of coordination (types "1" and "2"). Any short circuits that occur are cleared safely by both types of coordination. The only differences concern the extent of the damage caused to the device by a short circuit.

Tripping times

All 3RA2 load feeders described here are designed for normal starting, in other words for overload tripping times of less than 10 s (CLASS 10). At rated-load operating temperature the trip-ping times are shorter, depending on the particular equipment and the setting range. The exact values can be derived from the tripping characteristics of the motor starter protectors.

Connection methods

For all 3RA2 feeders up to 32 A, spring-type connection is available as well as screw terminals. To connect two devices with spring-type terminals, there are plug-in connection modules for sizes S00 and S0 which enable very quick mounting of the feeders and a vibration-resistant assembly.

To connect a motor starter protector with screw terminals to a contactor with spring-type terminals there are special hybrid connection modules for the sizes S00 and S0.

Size WidthDirect-on-line starters/reversing starters

Max. rated current In max

For three-phase motors up to

mm A kW

S00 45/90 16 7.5

S0 45/90 32 15

S2 55/120 65 30

Size 3RA2 S00 S0 S2

Size of 3RV2 motor starter protector S00 S001), S0 S2

Size of 3RT2 contactor S00 S0 S2

Type of coordination "1"The load feeder may be non-operational after a short circuit has been cleared. Damage to the contactor or to the overload release is permissible.

Type of coordination "2"There must be no damage to the overload release or to any other component after a short circuit has been cleared. The load feeder can resume operation without needing to be renewed. At most, welding of the contactor contacts is permissible if they can be disconnected easily without any significant deformation.

The types of coordination are indicated in the corresponding tables by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.

Screw terminals

Spring-type terminals (S00 and S0 only)


1ToC

2ToC

8/3Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8© Siemens AG 2015

3RA2 complete units

The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders can be ordered as preassem-bled complete units for direct-on-line starting (3RA21) or for reversing duty (3RA22) with screw or spring-type connection. Load feeders in size S2 or larger are available only as complete units for direct-on-line starting (3RA21) with screw connection.

Control supply voltages of 230 V AC 50 Hz and 24 V DC are available.

A distinction is also drawn between whether the feeder is mounted onto a 35 mm standard mounting rail, on a flat surface using screws, or on a 60 mm busbar system.

3RA21 load feeders in the size S0 must be configured on stan-dard mounting rail adapters if high vibration and shock loads (railways, power generation,...) are involved.

A vibration and shock kit is available for mounting on busbar adapters.

Accessories

As the 3RA2 fuseless load feeders are constructed from 3RV2 motor starter protectors and 3RT2 contactors, the same accessories – such as auxiliary switches, undervoltage releases or door-coupling rotary operating mechanisms – can be used for the 3RA2 fuseless load feeders as for these motor starter protec-tors and contactors.

In particular, certain accessories have been optimized for the fuseless load feeders. They include the top-connected, trans-verse auxiliary switch on the motor starter protector, which is available with 1 CO contact or 1 NO contact + 1 NC contact. Special auxiliary switch blocks that can be snapped on from below are available for the contactor. These two accessories enable the fuseless load feeders to be wired simply without having to route cables through the device.

Incoming power supply

On the whole four different energy supply possibilities are available (see "3RV29 Infeed System for Load Feeders").

Customer assembly of fuseless load feeders

While the preassembled 3RA2 load feeders can be ordered up to 65 A, combinations up to 80 A (approx. 37 kW/400 V) are possible for customer assembly without link modules.

The standard devices can be combined optimally – in terms of both technical specifications and dimensions, thanks to the modular system of the SIRIUS series.

The fuseless load feeders can thus be assembled easily by the customer. It is simply necessary to assemble the standard 3RV2 motor starter protector, the 3RT2 contactor and the appropriate assembly kit.

For single devices and assembly kits see the "Selection and ordering data" for 3RA21 direct-on-line starters and 3RA22 reversing starters.

For assembly kits for direct-on-line starting or reversing duty for mounting onto standard mounting rails or busbars see "Selection and ordering data" at "Accessories".

For reversing starters in sizes S0 and S2 it is imperative to use a standard mounting rail adapter in order to ensure the necessary mechanical strength. A standard mounting rail adapter is not necessary if a busbar adapter is used.

The 3RA1 fuseless load feeders can be used for fuseless load feeders between 65 A and 100 A.

The SENTRON 3VA circuit breakers and the SIRIUS 3RT contac-tors are available for rated currents >100 A.

Special equipment for customer assembly can be ordered if other rated control supply voltages are required. Assembly kits can be used to facilitate assembly.

Customers can also assemble tested combinations of motor starter protectors with solid-state controls (soft starters, solid-state contactors) and load feeders with additional monitoring and control devices (3RR monitoring relays, SIMOCODE 3UF).

For the electrical and mechanical connection of protection equipment and controls there are preassembled assembly kits (link modules, wiring kits and standard mounting rail or busbar adapters).

The following types of configuration are possible:• Direct-in-line/reversing starting• Star-delta (wye-delta) starting• Solid-state/soft starting

For more information and assignment tables for combinations of the 3RA2 generation of products for self-assembly see the configuration manual:https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/39714188and "Manual SIRIUS Innovations - SIRIUS 3RA21 / 3RA22 Load Feeders"https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/103238402

Customer assembly of fused load feeders

The flexible, modular system of SIRIUS also enables the config-uration of fused load feeders up to 80 A (approx. 37 kW/400 V). Up to 32 A is also available for 45 mm installation widths.

Compact 3NW7...-1 cylindrical fuse holders for IEC fuses size 10 x 38 mm, or 3NW7...-1HG holders for Class CC UL fuses, can be used for this purpose.

For more information about fuse systems, see Catalog LV 10 "Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology" ➞ "SENTRON Safety, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices".

8/4 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015




General data

8

© Siemens AG 2015

Communications integration using IO-Link

Load feeders can also be assembled with IO-Link for connection to the higher-level control system. For each feeder this requires a contactor with voltage tap-off onto which a 3RA2711 function module is plugged (various versions for direct-on-line, reversing and wye-delta starters). The design of the SIRIUS load feeders permits a group of up to 4 SIRIUS controls to be conveniently connected through the standardized open IO-Link system to a control system, thus reducing wiring work considerably com-pared to the conventional parallel wiring method. The electrical connection is made using only three standard cables.

The function modules perform not only the communication (contactor operation and feedback, ready signal) but also the electrical interlocking (for reversing and wye-delta starters) and the timing relay function (wye-delta reversing time).

Communication information and control supply voltages are passed on through ribbon cables so that the complete control current wiring on the feeder is no longer needed.

The monitoring and maintenance of a plant is made consider-ably easier by transmitting diverse diagnostics data from the function modules (e.g. missing main and auxiliary voltage, local disconnection…) through IO-Link to the higher-level control system. Also, feeders equipped for IO-Link can be conveniently controlled from the control cabinet door using the optional operator panel.

More information: • IO-Link see Chapter 2 "Industrial Communication"• 3RA27 function modules see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3

"Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies" ➞ "Function Modules".

Communications integration through AS-Interface

Connection of the load feeders to the higher-level control system is possible not only through IO-Link but also through AS-Interface. The AS-Interface connection is recommended wherever load feeders are used in distributed applications. This solution also requires a contactor with voltage tap-off and a corresponding 3RA2712 function module (various versions for direct-on-line, reversing and wye-delta starters). The devices are implemented in A/B technology, making it easy to connect up to 62 feeders to an AS-i master (regardless of whether they are direct-on-line, reversing or wye-delta starters). This results in a significant reduction of wiring compared to the conventional parallel wiring method. The electrical connection is made using standard cables.

The function modules perform not only the communication (contactor operation and feedback, ready signal) but also the electrical interlocking (for reversing and wye-delta starters) and the timing relay function (wye-delta reversing time).

Communication information and control supply voltages are passed on through ribbon cables so that the complete control current wiring on the starter is no longer needed.

More information: • AS-Interface

"Industrial Communication"

• 3RA27 function modules see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3 "Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies" ➞ "Function Modules".

Contactors with voltage tap-off

Contactors with a voltage tap-off are required for configuring load feeders with a communication interface (AS-i/IO-Link). These contactors are not included as standard in the preassem-bled 3RA2 load feeders. A load feeder with communication in-terface must be assembled therefore from single devices.

Complete integration in the automation landscape

As the result of the communication connection through IO-Link or AS-i, the SIRIUS load feeders are fully integrated in the auto-mation landscape and can draw on all the advantages of TIA (e.g. integration in the TIA Maintenance Station).

Mounting

3RA2 fuseless load feeders can be supplied: • For assembly on TH 35 standard mounting rails according to

EN 60715 (depth 15 mm) • For assembly on busbar adapters (busbar center-to-center

clearance 60 mm, busbar thickness 5 to 10 mm with beveled edges)

The fuseless load feeders are also suitable for screw fixing using two 3RV2928-0B push-in lugs.

The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders can also be configured with the 3RV29 infeed system (S0 and S00 only, see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 7 "Protection Equipment" ➞ "Motor Starter Protectors/ Circuit Breakers" ➞ "SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers up to 80 A" ➞ "3RV29 Infeed System").

see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 2

8/5Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8© Siemens AG 2015

Direct-on-line starting • For standard rail mounting or screw fixing • Sizes S00 and S0

Left: 3RA21 load feeder with screw terminalsCenter: 3RA21 load feeder with spring-type terminalsRight: Motor starter protector combination with screw terminals, with contactor with spring-type terminals

Left: Motor starter protector combination with solid-state switching device with screw terminalsRight: Motor starter protector combination with soft starter with spring-type terminals

NSB0_02089c

4

7

2

1

4

7

8

2

3

1

5

65

8

3

1

6

8

2

1

Link moduleSpring-type terminals3RA2911-2AA00 for S003RA2921-2AA00 for S0

Link module(Hybrid)3RA2911-2FA00 for S003RA2921-2FA00 for S0

2 push-in lugs3RV2928-0B(only for screw mounting)

Motor starter protectorSize S00/S0Screw terminals

ContactorSize S00/S0Spring-type terminals

ContactorSize S00/S0Screw terminals

Link moduleScrew terminals3RA1921-1DA00 (for S00)3RA2921-1AA00 (for S0, AC contactor)3RA2921-1BA00 (for S0, DC contactor)

Motor starter protectorSize S00/S0Spring-type terminals

4

4

7

2

2 3

1 1

5

6

6


Solid-state switching device (Screw terminals)

Link module3RA2921-1BA00 (Screw terminals)

2 push-in lugs3RV2928-0B(only for screw mounting)

Motor starter protectorSize S00/S0Screw terminals/spring-type terminals

Soft starterSize S00/S0Screw terminals/spring-type terminals

Link module3RA2921-1BA00 for S00/S0 and screw terminals3RA2911-2GA00 for S00 and spring-type terminals3RA2921-2GA00 for S0 and spring-type terminals

7

3

1

5

NSB0_02090c

8/6 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8

© Siemens AG 2015

Direct-on-line starting • For standard rail mounting • Size S2

Left: 3RA21 load feeder with screw terminalsRight: Motor starter protector assembly with soft starter with screw terminals

1

2

4

5

1

3

4

6

ContactorSize S2Screw terminals

Link module3RA2931-1AA00Screw terminals

Standard mounting rail adapter (optional)3RA2932-1AA00Alternatively, the device can be mounted on two standard mounting rails spaced at a distance of 175 mm without a standard mounting rail adapter.

Soft starterSize S2Screw terminals

Motor starter protectorSize S2Screw terminals

Standard mounting rail adapter3RA2932-1CA00

2

4

5

1

3

6

IC01

_004

17

8/7Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8© Siemens AG 2015

Direct-on-line starting • For 60 mm busbar systems • Sizes S00 and S0

Left: 3RA21 load feeder for direct-on-line starting with busbar adapter with screw terminalsRight: 3RA21 load feeder for direct-on-line starting with busbar adapter with spring-type terminals

4

7

8

2

3

1

5

65

3

1

7

60 mm busbar adapterfor screw terminals8US1251-5DS10 for S008US1251-5NT10 for S0


Link moduleScrew terminals3RA1921-1DA00 for S003RA2921-1AA00 for S0, AC contactor3RA2921-1BA00 for S0, DC contactor

ContactorSize S00/S0Screw terminals

60 mm busbar adapterfor spring-type terminals8US1251-5DT11 for S008US1251-5NT11 for S0

Motor starter protectorSize S00/S0Spring-type terminals

Link module3RA2911-2AA00 for S003RA2921-2AA00 for S0

ContactorSize S00/S0Spring-type terminals

Additional 3RA2911-1CA00 spacerfor height compensation on AC contactorssize S0 with spring-type terminals.

NSB0_02091d

8

4

2

6

8/8 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8

© Siemens AG 2015

Direct-on-line starting • For 60 mm busbar systems • Size S2

3RA21 load feeder for direct-on-line starting with busbar adapter with screw terminals

2

1

3

4




Busbar adapter 60 mm8US1261-6MT10

IC01

_004

18

1

2

3

4

8/9Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8© Siemens AG 2015

Reversing duty • For standard rail mounting or screw fixing • Size S00

Left: 3RA22 load feeder with screw terminals with push-in lugs with 2 contactors for reversing duty and 3RA2913-2AA1 wiring kit for connection of the contactors (incl. mechanical interlocking and connecting clips)

Right: 3RA22 load feeder with spring-type terminals with push-in lugs with 2 contactors for reversing duty and wiring kit3RA2913-2AA2 (incl. mechanical interlocking and connecting clips)

8

14

15

12

13

106

11

7

9

6

1 11

3 3

5

5

7

6

2

4

2 push-in lugs 3RV2928-0B(only for screw mounting)Motor starter protectorSize S00Screw terminals

Link module(Screw terminals)3RA1921-1DA00 for S00


Motor starter protectorSize S00Spring-type terminals

Link module(Spring-type terminals)3RA2911-2AA00 for S00

ContactorSize S00Spring-type terminals

Wiring kit3RA2913-2AA1

Upper wiring moduleLower wiring module2 connecting clipsMechanical interlock (can be removed if necessary)

Wiring kit3RA2913-2AA2

Upper wiring moduleLower wiring module2 connecting clipsMechanical interlock(can be removed if necessary)

NS

B0_

0209

2d

2

4

1011

89

1415

12

7

13

8/10 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8

© Siemens AG 2015

Reversing duty • For standard rail mounting • Size S0

3RA22 load feeder for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0 (the version with screw terminals is shown in the picture)

7

8

5

4

4

6

78

56

3

4

1

2

Motor starter protectorSize S0Screw terminals/spring-type terminals

2 standard mounting rail adapters 3RA2922-1AA00with 2 connecting wedges 8US1998-1AA00

ContactorSize S0Screw terminals/spring-type terminals

Wiring kitFor screw terminals:3RA2923-2AA1For spring-type terminals:3RA2923-2AA2


RH assembly kit for reversing duty andstandard rail mounting in size S0

For screw terminals 3RA2923-1BB1For spring-type terminals 3RA2923-1BB21)

Comprising: 1 wiring kit 2 standard mounting rail adapters 2 connecting wedges

Link moduleFor screw terminals: 3RA2921-1AA00 (AC) 3RA2921-1BA00 (DC)For spring-type terminals: 3RA2921-2AA002)

Additional 3RA2911-1CA00 spacerfor height compensation on AC contactorssize S0 with spring-type terminals

1)Also includes 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer forheight compensation on AC contactors size S0with spring-type terminals.

NS

B0_

0209

3d

2)

8/11Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8© Siemens AG 2015

Reversing duty • For standard rail mounting • Size S2

Load feeder for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S2 (the version with screw terminals is shown in the picture)

IC01

_004

19

1

5

5

8

4

7

6

3

2

2

8

7

46

2

1

3

5

Comprising:1 Wiring kit for main and

auxiliary circuits2 Rail adapters2 Side modules4 Connecting wedges1 Mechanical locking device2 Connecting pins for 2 contactorsFixing screws

RH assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S2

Upper wiring module

Lower wiring module

Mechanical interlock3RA2934-2B

2 Connecting pins

Wiring kitFor screw terminals3RA2933-2AA1

Standard mounting rail adapter 3RA2932-1AA00with 4 connecting wedges 8US1998-1AA00and 2 side modules 3RA1902-1B

Link module 3RA2931-1AA00Screw terminals

Contactor size S2Screw terminals

Motor starter protector Size S2Screw terminals

3RA2933-1BB1

8/12 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8

© Siemens AG 2015

Reversing duty • For 60 mm busbar systems • Sizes S00 and S0

3RA22 load feeder for reversing duty and 60 mm busbar in size S00/S0 (the version with screw terminals is shown in the picture)

8

8

4

3

3

3

6

6

5

1

2

78

45

1

2

6

Motor starter protectorSize S00/S0Screw terminals/spring-type terminals

ContactorSize S00/S0Screw terminals/spring-type terminals

Wiring kitScrew connection:3RA2913-2AA1 for S003RA2923-2AA1 for S0Spring-type connection:3RA2913-2AA2 for S003RA2923-2AA2 for S0


RS assembly kit for reversing duty andbusbar mounting

Screw connection 3RA2913-1DB1 for S00 3RA2923-1DB1 for S0For spring-type connection: 3RA2913-1DB2 for S00 3RA2923-1DB2 for S01)

Comprising: 1 wiring kit 1 busbar adapter 1 device holder 2 connecting wedges

Link moduleFor screw terminals3RA1921-1DA00 for S003RA2921-1AA00 for S0, AC contactor3RA2921-1BA00 for S0, DC contactorFor spring-type terminals3RA2911-2AA00 for S003RA2921-2AA00 for S0Additional 3RA2911-1CA00 spacerfor height compensation on AC contactorssize S0 with spring-type terminals.

60 mm busbar adapterFor screw terminals

8US1251-5DS10 for S008US1251-5NT10 for S0

For spring-type terminals8US1251-5DT11 for S008US1251-5NT11 for S0

2 connecting wedges8US1998-1AA00

60 mm device holder8US1250-5AS10 or8US1250-5AT10(according to left adapter)

Also includes 3RA2911-1CA00 spacerfor height compensation on AC contactorssize S0 with spring-type terminals.

1)

NS

B0_

0209

4e

2)

2)

8/13Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8© Siemens AG 2015

Reversing duty • For 60 mm busbar systems • Size S2

Load feeder for reversing duty and 60 mm busbar in size S2 (the version with screw terminals is shown in the picture)

IC01

_004

20

1

5

5

7

4

6

8

2

3

76

48

2

3

5

1

Upper wiring module

Lower wiring module

2 connecting pins

Mechanical interlock3RA2934-2B

Wiring kitFor screw terminals3RA2933-2AA1

Comprising:1 Wiring kit for main and auxiliary circuits1 busbar adapter and device holder1 mechanical locking device2 connecting pins for 2 contactorsFixing screws

RS assembly kit for reversing duty for busbar mounting


Busbar adapter 60 mm8US1211-6MT10ContactorSize S2Screw terminals


3RA2933-1DB1

8/14 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8

© Siemens AG 2015

Article No. scheme

Note:


For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the catalog in the Selection and ordering data.

■ Benefits

The 3RA2 fuseless load feeders offer a number of benefits:• Minimum planning and assembly work and far less wiring with

the preassembled complete units (only one Article number 3RA2)

• Link modules from the motor starter protector to all types of SIRIUS controls, for quicker and error-free assembly of feed-ers with screw and spring-type connection

• High planning reliability through consistent combination tests for fuseless and fused configuration in accordance with IEC and UL/CSA

• Comprehensive approvals for use world-wide on request, see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 16 "Appendix" ➞ "Standards and Approvals"

• High operational reliability through short-circuit breaking capacity of 150 kA with type of coordination "1" and "2"

• Uniform accessories for sizes S00, S0 and S2• Spring-type connection possible throughout: Enhanced

operational reliability (vibration-resistant wiring) and less wiring work thanks to plug-in connections (S00 and S0 only)

• Power loss 5 to 10 % smaller than for comparable devices, hence lower energy consumption

• Connection of feeders to the control system through standard-ized system connection (IO-Link and AS-i), for fast integration in TIA and less wiring work

Digit of the Article No. 1st - 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th

@@@ @ @ @ 0 – @ @ @ @ @ – @ @ @ @

SIRIUS feeders 3 R A

SIRIUS 2nd generation 2

Type of feeder (direct-on-line starter = 1, reversing starter = 2) @

Size (S00 = 1, S0 = 2, S2 = 3 and 5) @

Setting range for overload release @ @

Design type and connection method @

Rated power of the contactor at 400 V AC @ @

Integrated auxiliary switches of the contactor @

Operating range/solenoid coil circuit (contactor) @

Rated control supply voltage (contactor) @ @

Example 3 R A 2 1 1 0 – 0 B A 1 5 – 1 A P 0

8/15Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8© Siemens AG 2015


Direct-on-line starters/reversing starters

Size Connection methods Mounting Control voltage Width W Height H Depth D

mm mm mm

Mounting dimensionsDirect-on-line starters

3RA21.

S00

3RA211.

Screw terminals Standard mounting rails AC/DC 45 167 97

Busbar adapters AC/DC 45 200 155

Spring-type terminals Standard mounting rails AC/DC 45 198 97


S0

3RA212.

Screw terminals Standard mounting rails AC 45 193 97

DC 45 193 107

Busbar adapters AC 45 260 155

DC 45 260 165



S2

3RA213./3RA215.



Reversing starters

3RA22.

(Size S2 or larger is only available for self-assembly)

S00

3RA221.





S0

3RA222.

Screw terminals Standard mounting rail adapters

AC 90 265 120.3

DC 90 265 130

Busbar adapters AC 90 260 155

DC 90 260 165

Spring-type terminals Standard mounting rail adapters

AC/DC 90 270 131


S2 Screw terminals Standard mounting rails AC/DC 120 295 175


W

H

D

Type 3RA2.1 3RA2.2 3RA2133RA215

Size S00 S0 S2Number of poles 3 3 3

Mechanics and environment

Permissible ambient temperature• During operation °C -20 ... +60• During storage and transport °C -55 ... +80

Weight kg 0.6 ... 1.5 0.8 ... 2.3 2.2 ... 2.5

Permissible mounting position

Important: Acc. to DIN 43602 start command "I" at the right or topShock resistance Acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 g/ms 6/11 (sine pulse)

Degree of protection Acc. to IEC 60947-1 IP20

90° 90°

NS

B0_

0036

9

22,5° 22,5°

8/16 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8

© Siemens AG 2015

Electrical specifications

Standards IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1 (VDE 0660 Part 100) IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2 (VDE 0660 Part 101) IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)

Max. rated current In max(= max. rated operational current Ie)

A 16 32 65

Rated operational voltage Ue V 690

Rated frequency Hz 50/60

Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6

Trip class (CLASS) Acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)

10

Rated short-circuit current Iq at 50/60 Hz 400 V ACaccording to IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)

kA 150 3RA213: 1003RA215: 150

Types of coordination according to IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)

See "Selection and ordering data"

Power loss Pv max of all main current paths Dependent on the rated current In (upper setting range)

Up to 1.25 A W 2 -- --1.6 ... 6.3 A W 2.3 -- --8 ... 12 A W 3.5 -- --16 A W 4.3 -- --5 ... 6.3 A W -- 2.3 --8 ... 12 A W -- 3.5 --16 ... 32 A W -- 4.3 --32 A W -- -- 16.236 ... 40 A W -- -- 17.245 ... 52 A W -- -- 2159 ... 73 A W -- -- On request

Power consumption of the solenoid coils for contactors as a function of the standard output P of the motor(when coil is cold and Us’ 50 Hz)

• AC operation

- Closing Up to 4 kW VA 27 -- --5.5 ... 7.5 kW VA 37 -- --Up to 5.5 kW VA -- 65 --7.5 ... 15 kW VA -- 77 --P.f. 0.8 0.82 --18.5 ... 37 kW VA -- -- 190P.f. -- -- 0.72

- Closed Up to 4 kW VA 4.2 -- --5.5 ... 7.5 kW VA 5.7 -- --Up to 5.5 kW VA -- 8.5 --7.5 ... 15 kW VA -- 9.8 --P.f. 0.25 0.25 --18.5 ... 37 kW VA -- -- 16P.f. -- -- 0.37

• DC operation Closing W 4 5.9 23Closed W 4 5.9 1

Magnetic coil operating range for contactors 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us Low limit at 55 °C 0.8 x Us -- -- At 60 °C 0.85 x Us -- --

Endurance of the motor starter protector

• Mechanical endurance Operating cycles 100 000 Up to 52 A: 50 000• Electrical endurance Operating cycles 100 000 from 65 A: On request• Max. switching frequency per hour (motor starts) 1/h 15

Endurance of contactor

• Mechanical endurance Operating cycles 30 million 10 million 10 million• Electrical endurance Operating cycles See endurance characteristic curves of the contactors ➞ Catalog

IC 10, Chapter 3 "Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies"

Touch protection Acc. to EN 50274 Finger-safe, for vertical touching from the front

Phase failure sensitivity of the motor starter protector

Acc. to IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102)

Yes

Isolating features of the motor starter protector


Yes

Main control and EMERGENCY-STOP switch characteristics of the motor starter protector and accessories


Yes (with overvoltage releases of category "1" under conditions of proper use)

Protective separation between main and auxiliary circuits

Acc. to EN 60947-1, Appendix N V Up to 400

Mirror contacts for contactors Integrated auxiliary switches

Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F

Type 3RA2.1 3RA2.2 3RA2133RA215

Size S00 S0 S2Number of poles 3 3 3

8/17Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

8© Siemens AG 2015

1) If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must be in the range specified.

1) If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping point, both cross-sections must be in the range specified.

Conductor cross-sections of main circuit

Type 3RA2.10 3RA2.20 3RA2130-4E...,3RA2130-4P...,3RA2130-4U...,3RA2130-4V...

3RA2130-4W..., 3RA2130-4X..., 3RA2130-4J..., 3RA2130-4K..., 3RA2150

Size S00 S0 S2

Connection type Screw terminals

Terminal screw M3, Pozidriv size 2

M4, Pozidriv size 2

M6, Pozidriv size 2

Operating devices mm ∅ 5 ... 6 ∅ 5 ... 6 ∅ 5 ... 6

Prescribed tightening torque Nm 0.8 ... 1.2 2 ... 2.5 3.0 ... 4.5

Conductor cross-sections (min./max.), 1 or 2 conductors can be connected

• Solid or stranded mm2 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1),2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1), only for contactor2 x 4

2 x (1 ... 2.5)1), 2 x (2.5 ... 10)1)

2 x (1 ... 25)1), 1 x (1 ... 35)1)

2 x (1 ... 35)1), 1 x (1 ... 50)1)

• Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1) mm2 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1)

2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)2 x (1 ... 2.5)1), 2 x (2.5 ... 6)1),1 x 10

2 x (1 ... 16)1), 1 x (1 ... 25)1)

2 x (1 ... 25)1), 1 x (1 ... 35)1)

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 2 x (20 ... 16)1), only for contactor2 x (18 ... 14)1) 2 x 12

2 x (16 ... 12)1), 2 x (14 ... 8)1)

2 x (18 ... 3)1), 1 x (18 ... 2)1)

2 x (18 ... 2)1), 1 x (18 ... 1)1)

Connection type Spring-type terminals

Operating devices mm 3.0 x 0.5 and 3.5 x 0.5


• Solid or stranded mm2 2 x (0.5 ... 4) 2 x (1 ... 10) --

• Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5) 2 x (1 ... 6) --

• Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-11) mm2 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5) 2 x (1 ... 6) --

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 2 x (20 ... 12) 2 x (18 ... 8) --

Max. external diameter of the conductor insulation mm 3.6 3.6 --

Conductor cross-sections for auxiliary and control circuits

Type 3RA21103RA2210

3RA21203RA2220

3RA21303RA2150

Size S00 S0 S2

Connection type Screw terminals

Terminal screw M3, Pozidriv size 2

Operating devices mm ∅ 5 ... 6

Prescribed tightening torque Nm 0.8 ... 1.2


• Solid or stranded mm2 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)

• Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1) mm2 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)1), 2 x (0.75 ... 2.5)1)

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 2 x (18 ... 14)1), 2 x (20 ... 16)1), 2 x 12 only for contactor S00

Connection type Spring-type terminals

Operating devices mm 3.0 x 0.5 and 3.5 x 0.5


• Solid or stranded mm2 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)

• Finely stranded without end sleeve mm2 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5)

• Finely stranded with end sleeves (DIN 46228-1) mm2 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5)

• AWG cables, solid or stranded AWG 2 x (20 ... 14)

Max. external diameter of the conductor insulation mm 3.6

8/18 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015



8

© Siemens AG 2015


3RA2110 3RA2120 3RA2150

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 and S2With screw terminals• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is

possible1)

• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechani-cally and electrically connected by means of the link module

• Auxiliary switches2) on the motor starter protector and the contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system

• Integrated auxiliary switches:Contactor size S00: 1 NO, Contactor sizes S0 and S2: 1 NO + 1 NC

Size Standard three-phase motor 4-pole at 400 V AC3)

Setting range for thermal overload release

Consisting of the following single devices

DT Fuseless load feeders PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P

Motor current I (guide value)

Motor starterprotector

+ Contactor

+ Link module

Screw terminals

Configurator

Article No. Basicprice

per PU kW A A

Type of coordination "2" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V(compatible with type of coordination "1")

3RV20 3RT20 3RA

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA10 15-1AP01 1921-1DA00 A 3RA2110-0BA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA10 A 3RA2110-0CA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA10 A 3RA2110-0DA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA10 A 3RA2110-0EA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA10 A 3RA2110-0FA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA10 A 3RA2110-0GA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA10 A 3RA2110-0HA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA2110-0JA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA10 A 3RA2110-0KA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA10 A 3RA2110-1AA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA2110-1BA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA10 A 3RA2110-1CA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA10 A 3RA2110-1DA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA10 A 3RA2110-1EA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 24-1AP00 2921-1AA00 A 3RA2120-1FA24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2120-1GA24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2120-1HA24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 A 3RA2120-1JA24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 A 3RA2120-1KA24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA10 26-1AP00 A 3RA2120-4AA26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA10 27-1AP00 B 3RA2120-4BA27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA10 A 3RA2120-4CA27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA10 A 3RA2120-4DA27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA10 A 3RA2120-4NA27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 294) 27 ... 32 21-4EA10 A 3RA2120-4EA27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

S2 15 29 22 ... 32 32-4EA10 35-1AP00 2931-1AA00 A 3RA2150-4EA35-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D18.5 35 28 ... 36 32-4PA10 A 3RA2150-4PA35-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D18.5 35 32 ... 40 32-4UA10 A 3RA2150-4UA35-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D22 41 35 ... 45 32-4VA10 36-1AP00 A 3RA2150-4VA36-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D22 41 42 ... 52 32-4WA10 A 3RA2150-4WA36-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

30 55 49 ... 59 32-4XA10 37-1AP00 A 3RA2150-4XA37-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D30 55 54 ... 65 32-4JA10 A 3RA2150-4JA37-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

375) 66 62 ... 73 32-4KA10 38-1AP00 A 3RA2150-4KA38-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

Type of coordination "1" at Iq = 150 kA at 400 V(the motor starter protector is compatible with type of coordination "2")

S00 For load feeders for lower outputs, see this table at type of coordination "2".

1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 15-1AP01 1921-1DA00 A 3RA2110-1FA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2110-1GA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2110-1HA15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 16-1AP01 A 3RA2110-1JA16-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 17-1AP01 A 3RA2110-1KA17-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA10 18-1AP01 A 3RA2110-4AA18-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

For footnotes see page 8/20

2ToC

1ToC


www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0BA15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0CA15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0DA15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0EA15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0FA15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0GA15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0HA15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0JA15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0KA15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-1AA15-1AP0














www.siemens.com/product?3RA2120-4NA27-0AP0



www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4PA35-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4UA35-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4VA36-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4WA36-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4XA37-0AP0











8© Siemens AG 2015

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.1) Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44. 2) Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39. 3) The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be

considered when selecting the units.4) Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher

starting currents we recommend using size S2.5) Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.

3RA2130

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 and S2With screw terminals• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is

possible1)

• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically and electrically connected by means of the link module


• Integrated auxiliary switches:Contactor size S00: 1 NO, Contactor sizes S0 and S2: 1 NO + 1 NC





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ Contactor

+ Link module

Screw terminals

Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA

S2 15 29 22 ... 32 31-4EA10 35-1AP00 2931-1AA00 A 3RA2130-4EA35-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D18.5 35 28 ... 36 31-4PA10 A 3RA2130-4PA35-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D18.5 35 32 ... 40 31-4UA10 A 3RA2130-4UA35-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D22 41 35 ... 45 31-4VA10 36-1AP00 A 3RA2130-4VA36-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D22 41 42 ... 52 31-4WA10 A 3RA2130-4WA36-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

30 55 49 ... 59 31-4XA10 37-1AP00 A 3RA2130-4XA37-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D30 55 54 ... 65 31-4JA10 A 3RA2130-4JA37-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

375) 66 62 ... 73 31-4KA10 38-1AP00 A 3RA2130-4KA38-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC




www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4PA35-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4UA35-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4VA36-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4WA36-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4XA37-0AP0



http://www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators



8

© Siemens AG 2015

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.1) Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44.2) Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.3) The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be


starting currents we recommend using size S2.

3RA2110 3RA2120

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0With spring-type connection• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is

possible1)



• Integrated auxiliary switches: Contactor size S00: 1 NO, Contactor size S0: 1 NO + 1 NC





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ Contactor

+ Link module


Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA29

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA20 15-2AP01 11-2AA00 A 3RA2110-0BE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA20 A 3RA2110-0CE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA20 A 3RA2110-0DE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA20 A 3RA2110-0EE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA20 A 3RA2110-0FE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA20 A 3RA2110-0GE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA20 A 3RA2110-0HE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA20 A 3RA2110-0JE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA20 A 3RA2110-0KE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA20 A 3RA2110-1AE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA20 A 3RA2110-1BE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA20 A 3RA2110-1CE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA20 A 3RA2110-1DE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA20 A 3RA2110-1EE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 21-1FA20 24-2AP00 21-2AA00 C 3RA2120-1FE24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 21-1GA20 C 3RA2120-1GE24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 21-1HA20 C 3RA2120-1HE24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 21-1JA20 C 3RA2120-1JE24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 21-1KA20 C 3RA2120-1KE24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA20 26-2AP00 A 3RA2120-4AE26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA20 27-2AP00 B 3RA2120-4BE27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA20 A 3RA2120-4CE27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA20 A 3RA2120-4DE27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA20 A 3RA2120-4NE27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 294) 27 ... 32 21-4EA20 A 3RA2120-4EE27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D



1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA20 15-2AP01 11-2AA00 A 3RA2110-1FE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA20 A 3RA2110-1GE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA20 A 3RA2110-1HE15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA20 16-2AP01 A 3RA2110-1JE16-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA20 17-2AP01 A 3RA2110-1KE17-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA20 18-2AP01 A 3RA2110-4AE18-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC


www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0BE15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0CE15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0DE15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0EE15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0FE15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0GE15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0HE15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0JE15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0KE15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-1AE15-1AP0














www.siemens.com/product?3RA2120-4NE27-0AP0











8© Siemens AG 2015


considered when selecting the units.

4) Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher starting currents we recommend using size S2.

5) Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.

3RA2110 3RA2120 3RA2150

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 24 V DCWith screw terminals• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is

possible1)



• Integrated auxiliary switches: Contactor size S00: 1 NO, Contactor sizes S0 and S2: 1 NO + 1 NC





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ Contactor

+ Link module

Screw terminals

Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA10 15-1BB41 1921-1DA00 A 3RA2110-0BA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA10 A 3RA2110-0CA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA10 A 3RA2110-0DA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA10 A 3RA2110-0EA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA10 A 3RA2110-0FA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA10 A 3RA2110-0GA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA10 A 3RA2110-0HA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA2110-0JA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA10 A 3RA2110-0KA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA10 A 3RA2110-1AA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA2110-1BA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA10 A 3RA2110-1CA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA10 A 3RA2110-1DA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA10 A 3RA2110-1EA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 24-1BB40 2921-1BA00 A 3RA2120-1FA24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2120-1GA24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2120-1HA24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 A 3RA2120-1JA24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 A 3RA2120-1KA24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA10 26-1BB40 A 3RA2120-4AA26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA10 27-1BB40 B 3RA2120-4BA27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA10 A 3RA2120-4CA27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA10 A 3RA2120-4DA27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA10 A 3RA2120-4NA27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 294) 27 ... 32 21-4EA10 A 3RA2120-4EA27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

S2 15 29 22 ... 32 32-4EA10 35-1NB30 2931-1AA00 A 3RA2150-4EA35-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D18.5 35 28 ... 36 32-4PA10 A 3RA2150-4PA35-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D18.5 35 32 ... 40 32-4UA10 A 3RA2150-4UA35-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D22 41 35 ... 45 32-4VA10 36-1NB30 A 3RA2150-4VA36-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D22 41 42 ... 52 32-4WA10 A 3RA2150-4WA36-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D

30 55 49 ... 59 32-4XA10 37-1NB30 A 3RA2150-4XA37-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D30 55 54 ... 65 32-4JA10 A 3RA2150-4JA37-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D375) 66 62 ... 73 32-4KA10 38-1NB30 A 3RA2150-4KA38-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D



1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 15-1BB41 1921-1DA00 A 3RA2110-1FA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2110-1GA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2110-1HA15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 16-1BB41 A 3RA2110-1JA16-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 17-1BB41 A 3RA2110-1KA17-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA10 18-1BB41 A 3RA2110-4AA18-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC



www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0BA15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0CA15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0DA15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0EA15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0FA15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0GA15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0HA15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0JA15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0KA15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-1AA15-1BB4














www.siemens.com/product?3RA2120-4NA27-0BB4


www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4EA35-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4PA35-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4UA35-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4VA36-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4WA36-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4XA37-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4JA37-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2150-4KA38-0NB3










8

© Siemens AG 2015





3RA2130

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 24 V DCWith screw terminals• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is

possible1)



• Integrated auxiliary switches: Contactor size S00: 1 NO, Contactor sizes S0 and S2: 1 NO + 1 NC





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ Contactor

+ Link module

Screw terminals

Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA

S2 15 29 22 ... 32 31-4EA10 35-1NB30 2931-1AA00 A 3RA2130-4EA35-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D18.5 35 28 ... 36 31-4PA10 A 3RA2130-4PA35-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D18.5 35 32 ... 40 31-4UA10 A 3RA2130-4UA35-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D22 41 35 ... 45 31-4VA10 36-1NB30 A 3RA2130-4VA36-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D22 41 42 ... 52 31-4WA10 A 3RA2130-4WA36-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D

30 55 49 ... 59 31-4XA10 37-1NB30 A 3RA2130-4XA37-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D30 55 54 ... 65 31-4JA10 A 3RA2130-4JA37-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D375) 66 62 ... 73 31-4KA10 38-1NB30 A 3RA2130-4KA38-0NB3 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC


www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4EA35-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4PA35-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4UA35-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4VA36-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4WA36-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4XA37-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4JA37-0NB3

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2130-4KA38-0NB3




8© Siemens AG 2015

For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.1) Push-in lugs see "Accessories" on page 8/44.2) Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.

3) The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered when selecting the units.


3RA2110 3RA2120

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 24 V DCWith spring-type connection• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is

possible1)



• Integrated auxiliary switches: Contactor size S00: 1 NO, Contactor size S0: 1 NO + 1 NC





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ Contactor

+ Link module


Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA29

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA20 15-2BB41 11-2AA00 A 3RA2110-0BE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA20 A 3RA2110-0CE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA20 A 3RA2110-0DE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA20 A 3RA2110-0EE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA20 A 3RA2110-0FE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA20 A 3RA2110-0GE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA20 A 3RA2110-0HE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA20 A 3RA2110-0JE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA20 A 3RA2110-0KE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA20 A 3RA2110-1AE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA20 A 3RA2110-1BE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA20 A 3RA2110-1CE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA20 A 3RA2110-1DE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA20 A 3RA2110-1EE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 21-1FA20 24-2BB40 21-2AA00 C 3RA2120-1FE24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 21-1GA20 C 3RA2120-1GE24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 21-1HA20 C 3RA2120-1HE24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 21-1JA20 C 3RA2120-1JE24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 21-1KA20 C 3RA2120-1KE24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA20 26-2BB40 A 3RA2120-4AE26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA20 27-2BB40 B 3RA2120-4BE27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA20 A 3RA2120-4CE27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA20 A 3RA2120-4DE27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA20 A 3RA2120-4NE27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 294) 27 ... 32 21-4EA20 A 3RA2120-4EE27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D



1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA20 15-2BB41 11-2AA00 A 3RA2110-1FE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA20 A 3RA2110-1GE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA20 A 3RA2110-1HE15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA20 16-2BB41 A 3RA2110-1JE16-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA20 17-2BB41 A 3RA2110-1KE17-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA20 18-2BB40 A 3RA2110-4AE18-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC



www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0BE15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0CE15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0DE15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0EE15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0FE15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0GE15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0HE15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0JE15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0KE15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-1AE15-1BB4














www.siemens.com/product?3RA2120-4NE27-0BB4











8

© Siemens AG 2015


For online configurator see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators.1) Auxiliary switches see "Accessories" on page 8/39.2) The actual starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be




3RA2110 3RA2120

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0 and S2With screw terminals • With busbar adapter• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically

and electrically connected by means of the link module• Auxiliary switches1) on the motor starter protector and the

contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system• Integrated auxiliary switches:

Contactor size S00: 1 NO, Contactor sizes S0 and S2: 1 NO + 1 NC





SET, M)

PS* PG


+ Contactor

+ Link module+ Busbar adapter

Stan-dard output P


Screw terminals

Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA10 15-1AP01 1921-1DA00 A 3RA2110-0BD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA10 + 8US1251-

5DS10A 3RA2110-0CD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA10 A 3RA2110-0DD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA10 A 3RA2110-0ED15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA10 A 3RA2110-0FD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA10 A 3RA2110-0GD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA10 A 3RA2110-0HD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA2110-0JD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA10 A 3RA2110-0KD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA10 A 3RA2110-1AD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA2110-1BD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA10 A 3RA2110-1CD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA10 A 3RA2110-1DD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA10 A 3RA2110-1ED15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 24-1AP00 2921-1AA00+ 8US1251-5DT10

A 3RA2120-1FD24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2120-1GD24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2120-1HD24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 A 3RA2120-1JD24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 A 3RA2120-1KD24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA10 26-1AP00 2921-1AA00+ 8US1251-5NT10

A 3RA2120-4AD26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA10 27-1AP00 B 3RA2120-4BD27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA10 A 3RA2120-4CD27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA10 A 3RA2120-4DD27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA10 A 3RA2120-4ND27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 293) 27 ... 32 21-4EA10 A 3RA2120-4ED27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

S2 15 29 22 ... 32 32-4EA10 35-1AP00 2931-1AA00+ 8US1261-6MT10

Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.18.5 35 28 ... 36 32-4PA1018.5 35 32 ... 40 32-4UA1022 41 35 ... 45 32-4VA10 36-1AP0022 41 42 ... 52 32-4WA10

30 55 49 ... 59 32-4XA10 37-1AP0030 55 54 ... 65 32-4JA10374) 66 62 ... 73 32-4KA10 38-1AP00



1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 15-1AP01 1921-1DA00 A 3RA2110-1FD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 + 8US1251-

5DS10A 3RA2110-1GD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2110-1HD15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 16-1AP01 A 3RA2110-1JD16-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 17-1AP01 A 3RA2110-1KD17-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA10 18-1AP01 A 3RA2110-4AD18-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC


www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0BD15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0CD15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0DD15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0ED15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0FD15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0GD15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0HD15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0JD15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0KD15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-1AD15-1AP0














www.siemens.com/product?3RA2120-4ND27-0AP0











8© Siemens AG 2015


considered when selecting the units.3) A 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size

S0 with spring-type terminals is included in the scope of supply.4) Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher


3RA2110 3RA2120

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0With spring-type connection• With busbar adapter• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically



Contactor size S00: 1 NO, Contactor size S0: 1 NO + 1 NC





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ Contactor



Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA29

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA20 15-2AP01 11-2AA00 A 3RA2110-0BH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA20 + 8US1251-

5DT11A 3RA2110-0CH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA20 A 3RA2110-0DH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA20 A 3RA2110-0EH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA20 A 3RA2110-0FH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA20 A 3RA2110-0GH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA20 A 3RA2110-0HH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA20 A 3RA2110-0JH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA20 A 3RA2110-0KH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA20 A 3RA2110-1AH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA20 A 3RA2110-1BH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA20 A 3RA2110-1CH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA20 A 3RA2110-1DH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA20 A 3RA2110-1EH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 21-1FA20 24-2AP00 21-2AA00+ 8US1251-5NT113)

C 3RA2120-1FH24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 21-1GA20 C 3RA2120-1GH24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 21-1HA20 C 3RA2120-1HH24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 21-1JA20 C 3RA2120-1JH24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 21-1KA20 C 3RA2120-1KH24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA20 26-2AP00 A 3RA2120-4AH26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA20 27-2AP00 B 3RA2120-4BH27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA20 A 3RA2120-4CH27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA20 A 3RA2120-4DH27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA20 A 3RA2120-4NH27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 294) 27 ... 32 21-4EA20 A 3RA2120-4EH27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D



1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA20 15-2AP01 11-2AA00 A 3RA2110-1FH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA20 + 8US1251-

5DT11A 3RA2110-1GH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA20 A 3RA2110-1HH15-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA20 16-2AP01 A 3RA2110-1JH16-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA20 17-2AP01 A 3RA2110-1KH17-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA20 18-2AP01 A 3RA2110-4AH18-1AP0 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC



www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0BH15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0CH15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0DH15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0EH15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0FH15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0GH15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0HH15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0JH15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0KH15-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-1AH15-1AP0














www.siemens.com/product?3RA2120-4NH27-0AP0











8

© Siemens AG 2015





3RA2110 3RA2120

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 24 V DCWith screw terminals• With busbar adapter• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically



Contactor size S00: 1 NO, Contactor sizes S0 and S2: 1 NO + 1 NC





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ Contactor


Screw terminals

Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA10 15-1BB41 1921-1DA00 A 3RA2110-0BD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA10 + 8US1251-

5DS10A 3RA2110-0CD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA10 A 3RA2110-0DD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA10 A 3RA2110-0ED15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA10 A 3RA2110-0FD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA10 A 3RA2110-0GD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA10 A 3RA2110-0HD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA2110-0JD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA10 A 3RA2110-0KD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA10 A 3RA2110-1AD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA2110-1BD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA10 A 3RA2110-1CD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA10 A 3RA2110-1DD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA10 A 3RA2110-1ED15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 24-1BB40 2921-1BA00+ 8US1251-5DT10

A 3RA2120-1FD24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2120-1GD24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2120-1HD24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 A 3RA2120-1JD24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 A 3RA2120-1KD24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA10 26-1BB40 2921-1BA00+ 8US1251-5NT10

A 3RA2120-4AD26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA10 27-1BB40 B 3RA2120-4BD27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA10 A 3RA2120-4CD27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA10 A 3RA2120-4DD27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA10 A 3RA2120-4ND27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 293) 27 ... 32 21-4EA10 A 3RA2120-4ED27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

S2 15 29 22 ... 32 32-4EA10 35-1NB30 2931-1AA00+ 8US1261-6MT10

Size S2 is only available for self-assembly.18.5 35 28 ... 36 32-4PA1018.5 35 32 ... 40 32-4UA1022 41 35 ... 45 32-4VA10 36-1NB3022 41 42 ... 52 32-4WA10

30 55 49 ... 59 32-4XA10 37-1NB3030 55 54 ... 65 32-4JA10374) 66 62 ... 73 32-4KA10 38-1NB30



1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 15-1BB41 1921-1DA00 A 3RA2110-1FD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 + 8US1251-

5DS10A 3RA2110-1GD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2110-1HD15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 16-1BB41 A 3RA2110-1JD16-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 17-1BB41 A 3RA2110-1KD17-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA10 18-1BB41 A 3RA2110-4AD18-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC


www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0BD15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0CD15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0DD15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0ED15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0FD15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0GD15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0HD15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0JD15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0KD15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-1AD15-1BB4














www.siemens.com/product?3RA2120-4ND27-0BB4











8© Siemens AG 2015




3RA2110 3RA2120

Direct-on-line start Rated control supply voltage 24 V DCWith spring-type connection• With busbar adapter• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically



Contactor size S00: 1 NO, Contactor size S0: 1 NO + 1 NC





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P

Motor current I(guide value)


+ Contactor



Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA29

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA20 15-2BB41 11-2AA00 + 8US1251-5DT11

A 3RA2110-0BH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA20 A 3RA2110-0CH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA20 A 3RA2110-0DH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA20 A 3RA2110-0EH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA20 A 3RA2110-0FH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA20 A 3RA2110-0GH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA20 A 3RA2110-0HH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA20 A 3RA2110-0JH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA20 A 3RA2110-0KH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA20 A 3RA2110-1AH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA20 A 3RA2110-1BH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA20 A 3RA2110-1CH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA20 A 3RA2110-1DH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA20 A 3RA2110-1EH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 21-1FA20 24-2BB40 21-2AA00+ 8US1251-5NT11

C 3RA2120-1FH24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 21-1GA20 C 3RA2120-1GH24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 21-1HA20 C 3RA2120-1HH24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 21-1JA20 C 3RA2120-1JH24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 21-1KA20 C 3RA2120-1KH24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA20 26-2BB40 A 3RA2120-4AH26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA20 27-2BB40 B 3RA2120-4BH27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA20 A 3RA2120-4CH27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA20 A 3RA2120-4DH27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA20 A 3RA2120-4NH27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 293) 27 ... 32 21-4EA20 A 3RA2120-4EH27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D



1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA20 15-2BB41 11-2AA00 A 3RA2110-1FH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA20 + 8US1251-

5DT11A 3RA2110-1GH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA20 A 3RA2110-1HH15-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA20 16-2BB41 A 3RA2110-1JH16-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA20 17-2BB41 A 3RA2110-1KH17-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA20 18-2BB40 A 3RA2110-4AH18-1BB4 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC



www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0BH15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0CH15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0DH15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0EH15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0FH15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0GH15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0HH15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0JH15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-0KH15-1BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2110-1AH15-1BB4














www.siemens.com/product?3RA2120-4NH27-0BB4











8

© Siemens AG 2015



considered when selecting the units.4) RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in sizes

S0 and S2.



3RA2210 3RA2220

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0With screw terminals• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is

possible1)

• Without standard mounting rail adapter for size S00• With 2 standard mounting rail adapters for size S0 for me-

chanical reinforcement (included in the scope of supply)• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically


contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system• With contactor sizes S0 and S2, an integrated NO contact

is still available for free use





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P


Motor starter protector

+ 2 contactors

+ Link module + Assembly kit RH4)/Wiring kit

Screw terminals

Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA10 15-1AP02 1921-1DA00+ 2913-2AA1

A 3RA2210-0BA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA10 A 3RA2210-0CA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA10 A 3RA2210-0DA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA10 A 3RA2210-0EA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA10 A 3RA2210-0FA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA10 A 3RA2210-0GA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA10 A 3RA2210-0HA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA2210-0JA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA10 A 3RA2210-0KA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA10 A 3RA2210-1AA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA2210-1BA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA10 A 3RA2210-1CA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA10 A 3RA2210-1DA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA10 A 3RA2210-1EA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 24-1AP00 2921-1AA00+ 2923-1BB1

A 3RA2220-1FB24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2220-1GB24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2220-1HB24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 A 3RA2220-1JB24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 A 3RA2220-1KB24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA10 26-1AP00 A 3RA2220-4AB26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA10 27-1AP00 B 3RA2220-4BB27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA10 A 3RA2220-4CB27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA10 A 3RA2220-4DB27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA10 A 3RA2220-4NB27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 295) 27 ... 32 21-4EA10 A 3RA2220-4EB27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

S2 15 29 22 ... 32 32-4EA10 35-1AP00 2931-1AA00+ 2933-1BB1


30 55 49 ... 59 32-4XA10 37-1AP0030 55 54 ... 65 32-4JA10

376) 66 62 ... 73 32-4KA10 38-1AP00

2ToC
















www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1FB24-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1GB24-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1HB24-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1JB24-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1KB24-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4AB26-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4BB27-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4CB27-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4DB27-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4NB27-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4EB27-0AP0




8© Siemens AG 2015


considered when selecting the units.4) RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in sizes

S0 and S2.

3RA2210 3RA2220

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0With screw terminals• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is

possible1)

• Without standard mounting rail adapter for size S00• With 2 standard mounting rail adapters for size S0 for

mechanical reinforcement (included in the scope of supply)• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechanically


contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system• With contactor sizes S0 and S2, an integrated NO contact

is still available for free use





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ 2 contactors


Screw terminals

Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA


S00 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 15-1AP02 1921-1DA00+ 2913-2AA1

A 3RA2210-1FA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2210-1GA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2210-1HA15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 16-1AP02 A 3RA2210-1JA16-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 17-1AP02 A 3RA2210-1KA17-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA10 18-1AP02 A 3RA2210-4AA18-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC












8

© Siemens AG 2015


considered when selecting the units.4) RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0.

5) The RH assembly kit also includes the 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals.


3RA2210 3RA2220

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0With spring-type connection • Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is

possible1)




contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system• With the contactor S0, an integrated NO contact is still

available for free use





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ 2 contactors



Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA29

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA20 15-2AP02 11-2AA00 + 29 3-2AA2

A 3RA2210-0BE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA20 A 3RA2210-0CE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA20 A 3RA2210-0DE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA20 A 3RA2210-0EE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA20 A 3RA2210-0FE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA20 A 3RA2210-0GE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA20 A 3RA2210-0HE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA20 A 3RA2210-0JE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA20 A 3RA2210-0KE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA20 A 3RA2210-1AE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA20 A 3RA2210-1BE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA20 A 3RA2210-1CE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA20 A 3RA2210-1DE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA20 A 3RA2210-1EE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 21-1FA20 24-2AP00 21-2AA00+ 2923-1BB25)

C 3RA2220-1FF24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 21-1GA20 C 3RA2220-1GF24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 21-1HA20 C 3RA2220-1HF24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 21-1JA20 C 3RA2220-1JF24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 21-1KA20 C 3RA2220-1KF24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA20 26-2AP00 A 3RA2220-4AF26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA20 27-2AP00 B 3RA2220-4BF27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA20 A 3RA2220-4CF27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA20 A 3RA2220-4DF27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA20 A 3RA2220-4NF27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 296) 27 ... 32 21-4EA20 A 3RA2220-4EF27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D



S00 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA20 15-2AP02 11-2AA00+ 2913-2AA2

A 3RA2210-1FE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA20 A 3RA2210-1GE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA20 A 3RA2210-1HE15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA20 16-2AP02 A 3RA2210-1JE16-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA20 17-2AP02 A 3RA2210-1KE17-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA20 18-2AP02 A 3RA2210-4AE18-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC
















www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1FF24-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1GF24-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1HF24-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1JF24-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1KF24-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4AF26-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4BF27-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4CF27-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4DF27-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4NF27-0AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4EF27-0AP0










8© Siemens AG 2015



4) RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in sizes S0 and S2.



3RA2210 3RA2220

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 24 V DCWith screw terminals• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is

possible1)




contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system• With contactor sizes S0 and S2, an integrated

NO contact is still available for free use





SET, M)

PS* PG


+ 2 contactors


Stan-dard output P


Screw terminals

Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA10 15-1BB42 1921-1DA00+ 2913-2AA1

A 3RA2210-0BA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA10 A 3RA2210-0CA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA10 A 3RA2210-0DA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA10 A 3RA2210-0EA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA10 A 3RA2210-0FA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA10 A 3RA2210-0GA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA10 A 3RA2210-0HA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA2210-0JA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA10 A 3RA2210-0KA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA10 A 3RA2210-1AA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA2210-1BA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA10 A 3RA2210-1CA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA10 A 3RA2210-1DA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA10 A 3RA2210-1EA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 24-1BB40 2921-1BA00+ 2923-1BB1

A 3RA2220-1FB24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2220-1GB24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2220-1HB24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 A 3RA2220-1JB24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 A 3RA2220-1KB24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA10 26-1BB40 A 3RA2220-4AB26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA10 27-1BB40 B 3RA2220-4BB27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA10 A 3RA2220-4CB27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA10 A 3RA2220-4DB27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA10 A 3RA2220-4NB27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 295) 27 ... 32 21-4EA10 A 3RA2220-4EB27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

S2 15 29 22 ... 32 32-4EA10 35-1NB30 2931-1AA00+ 2933-1BB1


30 55 49 ... 59 32-4XA10 37-1NB3030 55 54 ... 65 32-4JA10376) 66 62 ... 73 32-4KA10 38-1NB30



S00 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 15-1BB42 1921-1DA00+ 2913-2AA1

A 3RA2210-1FA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2210-1GA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2210-1HA15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 16-1BB42 A 3RA2210-1JA16-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 17-1BB42 A 3RA2210-1KA17-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA10 18-1BB42 A 3RA2210-4AA18-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC

















www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1FB24-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1GB24-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1HB24-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1JB24-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1KB24-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4AB26-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4BB27-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4CB27-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4DB27-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4NB27-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4EB27-0BB4










8

© Siemens AG 2015


considered when selecting the units.4) RH = assembly kit for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0.5) Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher


3RA2210 3RA2220

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 24 V DCWith spring-type connection• Screw fixing with 2 push-in lugs each per load feeder is

possible1)




contactor can be easily fitted due to the modular system• With the contactor S0, an integrated NO contact is still

available for free use





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ 2 contactors



Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA29

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA20 15-2BB42 11-2AA00+ 2913-2AA2

A 3RA2210-0BE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA20 A 3RA2210-0CE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA20 A 3RA2210-0DE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA20 A 3RA2210-0EE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA20 A 3RA2210-0FE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA20 A 3RA2210-0GE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA20 A 3RA2210-0HE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA20 A 3RA2210-0JE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA20 A 3RA2210-0KE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA20 A 3RA2210-1AE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA20 A 3RA2210-1BE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA20 A 3RA2210-1CE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA20 A 3RA2210-1DE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA20 A 3RA2210-1EE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 21-1FA20 24-2BB40 21-2AA00+ 2923-1BB2

C 3RA2220-1FF24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 21-1GA20 C 3RA2220-1GF24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 21-1HA20 C 3RA2220-1HF24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 21-1JA20 C 3RA2220-1JF24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 21-1KA20 C 3RA2220-1KF24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA20 26-2BB40 A 3RA2220-4AF26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA20 27-2BB40 B 3RA2220-4BF27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA20 A 3RA2220-4CF27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA20 A 3RA2220-4DF27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA20 A 3RA2220-4NF27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 295) 27 ... 32 21-4EA20 A 3RA2220-4EF27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D



S00 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA20 15-2BB42 11-2AA00+ 2913-2AA2

A 3RA2210-1FE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA20 A 3RA2210-1GE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA20 A 3RA2210-1HE15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA20 16-2BB42 A 3RA2210-1JE16-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA20 17-2BB42 A 3RA2210-1KE17-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA20 18-2BB42 A 3RA2210-4AE18-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC
















www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1FF24-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1GF24-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1HF24-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1JF24-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-1KF24-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4AF26-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4BF27-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4CF27-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4DF27-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4NF27-0BB4

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4EF27-0BB4










8© Siemens AG 2015



considered when selecting the units.3) RS = assembly kit for reversing duty and busbar mounting4) Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher

starting currents we recommend using size S2.5) Maximum permissible current setting at motor starter protector 65 A.

3RA2210 3RA2220

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0With screw terminals• With busbar adapter and device holder (included in the

scope of supply)• The motor starter protector and contactor are mechani-

cally and electrically connected by means of the link module


• With contactor sizes S0 and S2, an integrated NO contact is still available for free use





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ 2 contactors

+ Link module + Assembly kit RS3)/Wiring kit

Screw terminals

Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA10 15-1AP02 1921-1DA00+ 2913-1DB1

A 3RA2210-0BD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA10 A 3RA2210-0CD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA10 A 3RA2210-0DD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA10 A 3RA2210-0ED15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA10 A 3RA2210-0FD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA10 A 3RA2210-0GD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA10 A 3RA2210-0HD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA2210-0JD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA10 A 3RA2210-0KD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA10 A 3RA2210-1AD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA2210-1BD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA10 A 3RA2210-1CD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA10 A 3RA2210-1DD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA10 A 3RA2210-1ED15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 24-1AP00 2921-1AA00+ 2923-1DB1

A 3RA2220-1FD24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2220-1GD24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2220-1HD24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 A 3RA2220-1JD24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 A 3RA2220-1KD24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA10 26-1AP00 A 3RA2220-4AD26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA10 27-1AP00 B 3RA2220-4BD27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA10 A 3RA2220-4CD27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA10 A 3RA2220-4DD27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA10 A 3RA2220-4ND27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 294) 27 ... 32 21-4EA10 A 3RA2220-4ED27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

S2 15 29 22 ... 32 32-4EA10 35-1AP00 2931-1AA00+ 2933-1DB1


30 55 49 ... 59 32-4XA10 37-1AP0030 55 54 ... 65 32-4JA10

375) 66 62 ... 73 32-4KA10 38-1AP00

2ToC


























www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4ND27-0AP0





8

© Siemens AG 2015



3RA2210 3RA2220

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0With screw terminals• With busbar adapter and device holder (included in the









SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ 2 contactors


Screw terminals

Configurator


per PU kW A A



S00 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 15-1AP02 1921-1DA00+ 2913-1DB1

A 3RA2210-1FD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2210-1GD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2210-1HD15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 16-1AP02 A 3RA2210-1JD16-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 17-1AP02 A 3RA2210-1KD17-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA10 18-1AP02 A 3RA2210-4AD18-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

1ToC











8© Siemens AG 2015


considered when selecting the units.3) RS = assembly kit for reversing duty and busbar mounting

4) The RS assembly kit also includes the 3RA2911-1CA00 spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals.


3RA2210 3RA2220

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 50/60 Hz 230 V AC for S00, 50 Hz 230 V AC for S0With spring-type connection• With busbar adapter and device holder (included in the




• With the contactor S0, an integrated NO contact is still available for free use





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ 2 contactors



Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA29

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA20 15-2AP02 11-2AA00 + 2913-1DB2

A 3RA2210-0BH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA20 A 3RA2210-0CH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA20 A 3RA2210-0DH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA20 A 3RA2210-0EH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA20 A 3RA2210-0FH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA20 A 3RA2210-0GH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA20 A 3RA2210-0HH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA20 A 3RA2210-0JH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA20 A 3RA2210-0KH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA20 A 3RA2210-1AH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA20 A 3RA2210-1BH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA20 A 3RA2210-1CH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA20 A 3RA2210-1DH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA20 A 3RA2210-1EH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 21-1FA20 24-2AP00 21-2AA00+ 2923-1DB24)

C 3RA2220-1FH24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 21-1GA20 C 3RA2220-1GH24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 21-1HA20 C 3RA2220-1HH24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 21-1JA20 C 3RA2220-1JH24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 21-1KA20 C 3RA2220-1KH24-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA20 26-2AP00 A 3RA2220-4AH26-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA20 27-2AP00 B 3RA2220-4BH27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA20 A 3RA2220-4CH27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA20 A 3RA2220-4DH27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA20 A 3RA2220-4NH27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D15 295) 27 ... 32 21-4EA20 A 3RA2220-4EH27-0AP0 1 1 unit 41D



S00 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA20 15-2AP02 11-2AA00 + 2913-1DB2

A 3RA2210-1FH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA20 A 3RA2210-1GH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA20 A 3RA2210-1HH15-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA20 16-2AP02 A 3RA2210-1JH16-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA20 17-2AP02 A 3RA2210-1KH17-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA20 18-2AP02 A 3RA2210-4AH18-2AP0 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC


























www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4NH27-0AP0











8

© Siemens AG 2015


considered when selecting the units.3) RS = assembly kit for reversing duty and busbar mounting



3RA2210 3RA2220

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 24 V DCWith screw terminals• With busbar adapter and device holder (included in the









SET, M)

PS* PG


+ 2 contactors


Stan-dard output P


Screw terminals

Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA10 15-1BB42 1921-1DA00+ 2913-1DB1

A 3RA2210-0BD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA10 A 3RA2210-0CD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA10 A 3RA2210-0DD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA10 A 3RA2210-0ED15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA10 A 3RA2210-0FD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA10 A 3RA2210-0GD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA10 A 3RA2210-0HD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA10 A 3RA2210-0JD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA10 A 3RA2210-0KD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA10 A 3RA2210-1AD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA10 A 3RA2210-1BD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA10 A 3RA2210-1CD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA10 A 3RA2210-1DD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA10 A 3RA2210-1ED15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 24-1BB40 2921-1BA00+ 2923-1DB1

A 3RA2220-1FD24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2220-1GD24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2220-1HD24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 A 3RA2220-1JD24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 A 3RA2220-1KD24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA10 26-1BB40 A 3RA2220-4AD26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA10 27-1BB40 B 3RA2220-4BD27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA10 A 3RA2220-4CD27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA10 A 3RA2220-4DD27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA10 A 3RA2220-4ND27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 294) 27 ... 32 21-4EA10 A 3RA2220-4ED27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

S2 15 29 22 ... 32 32-4EA10 35-1NB30 2931-1AA00+ 2933-1DB1


30 55 49 ... 59 32-4XA10 37-1NB3030 55 54 ... 65 32-4JA10375) 66 62 ... 73 32-4KA10 38-1NB30



S00 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA10 15-1BB42 1921-1DA00+ 2913-1DB1

A 3RA2210-1FD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA10 A 3RA2210-1GD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA10 A 3RA2210-1HD15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA10 16-1BB42 A 3RA2210-1JD16-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA10 17-1BB42 A 3RA2210-1KD17-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA10 18-1BB42 A 3RA2210-4AD18-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC

























www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4ND27-0BB4











8© Siemens AG 2015



3) RS = assembly kit for reversing duty and busbar mounting4) Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A; for higher


3RA2210 3RA2220

Reversing duty Rated control supply voltage 24 V DCWith spring-type connection• With busbar adapter and device holder (included in the




• With the contactor S0, an integrated NO contact is still available for free use





SET, M)

PS* PG

Stan-dard output P



+ 2 contactors



Configurator


per PU kW A A


3RV20 3RT20 3RA29

S00 0.06 0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 11-0BA20 15-2BB42 11-2AA00 + 2913-1DB2

A 3RA2210-0BH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.06 0.2 0.18 ... 0.25 11-0CA20 A 3RA2210-0CH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.09 0.3 0.22 ... 0.32 11-0DA20 A 3RA2210-0DH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.09 0.3 0.28 ... 0.4 11-0EA20 A 3RA2210-0EH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.12 0.4 0.35 ... 0.5 11-0FA20 A 3RA2210-0FH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.18 0.6 0.45 ... 0.63 11-0GA20 A 3RA2210-0GH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.18 0.6 0.55 ... 0.8 11-0HA20 A 3RA2210-0HH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.25 0.85 0.7 ... 1 11-0JA20 A 3RA2210-0JH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.37 1.1 0.9 ... 1.25 11-0KA20 A 3RA2210-0KH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

0.55 1.5 1.1 ... 1.6 11-1AA20 A 3RA2210-1AH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.4 ... 2 11-1BA20 A 3RA2210-1BH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D0.75 1.9 1.8 ... 2.5 11-1CA20 A 3RA2210-1CH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

1.1 2.7 2.2 ... 3.2 11-1DA20 A 3RA2210-1DH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D1.5 3.6 2.8 ... 4 11-1EA20 A 3RA2210-1EH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

S0 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 21-1FA20 24-2BB40 21-2AA00 + 2923-1DB2

C 3RA2220-1FH24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 21-1GA20 C 3RA2220-1GH24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 21-1HA20 C 3RA2220-1HH24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D4 8.5 7 ... 10 21-1JA20 C 3RA2220-1JH24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 21-1KA20 C 3RA2220-1KH24-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 21-4AA20 26-2BB40 A 3RA2220-4AH26-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D

7.5 15.5 13 ... 20 21-4BA20 27-2BB40 B 3RA2220-4BH27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 16 ... 22 21-4CA20 A 3RA2220-4CH27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D11 22 18 ... 25 21-4DA20 A 3RA2220-4DH27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 28 23 ... 28 21-4NA20 A 3RA2220-4NH27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D15 294) 27 ... 32 21-4EA20 A 3RA2220-4EH27-0BB4 1 1 unit 41D



S00 1.5 3.6 3.5 ... 5 11-1FA20 15-2BB42 11-2AA00 + 2913-1DB2

A 3RA2210-1FH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D2.2 4.9 4.5 ... 6.3 11-1GA20 A 3RA2210-1GH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D3 6.5 5.5 ... 8 11-1HA20 A 3RA2210-1HH15-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

4 8.5 7 ... 10 11-1JA20 16-2BB42 A 3RA2210-1JH16-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D5.5 11.5 9 ... 12.5 11-1KA20 17-2BB42 A 3RA2210-1KH17-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D7.5 15.5 10 ... 16 11-4AA20 18-2BB42 A 3RA2210-4AH18-2BB4 1 1 unit 41D

2ToC

1ToC


























www.siemens.com/product?3RA2220-4NH27-0BB4










Accessories

8

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

The accessories listed here are parts and add-ons for the 3RA2 direct-on-line and reversing starters as well as compo-nents for the customer assembly of fuseless load feeders.


Accessories for motor starter protectors

1) Each motor starter protector can be fitted with one transverse and one lateral auxiliary switch. The lateral auxiliary switch with 2 NO + 2 NC is used without a transverse auxiliary switch.

1) The voltage range is valid for 100 % (infinite) ON period. The response voltage lies at 0.9 of the lower limit of the voltage range.

2) The voltage range is valid for 5 s ON period at AC 50/60Hz and DC. The response voltage lies at 0.85 of the lower limit of the voltage range.

3) One auxiliary release can be mounted on the right per motor starter protector (does not apply to 3RV21 motor starter protectors with overload relay function).

Complete range of accessories for the motor starter protectors see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 7 "Protection Equipment" ➞"Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers" ➞ "SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers up to 80 A" ➞ "Accessories".

Version For motor starter protectors DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals



Size

Auxiliary switches Transverse auxiliary switches for front mounting

1 CO S00 to S2 } 3RV2901-1D --1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV2901-1E } 3RV2901-2E2 NO } 3RV2901-1F } 3RV2901-2F

Lateral auxiliary switchesmountable on the left

1 NO + 1 NC S0 to S2 } 3RV2901-1A } 3RV2901-2A

3RV2901-1E 3RV2901-2E 3RV2901-1A 3RV2901-2A

PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1PS* = 1 unitPG = 41E

Rated control supply voltage Us For motor starter protectors DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals

AC AC AC AC/DC50/60 Hz, DC 5 s ON period2)

50 Hz 60 Hz 50/60 Hz

100 % ON period1)



V V V V Size

Auxiliary releases for motor starter protectors3) Undervoltage releases

230 240 -- -- S0 to S2 } 3RV2902-1AP0 } 3RV2902-2AP0

Shunt releases -- -- 210 ... 240 190 ... 330 S0 to S2 } 3RV2902-1DP0 } 3RV2902-2DP0

3RV2902-1A.. 3RV2902-2A..

PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1PS* = 1 unitPG = 41E


www.siemens.com/product?3RV2901-1D

www.siemens.com/product?3RV2901-1E

www.siemens.com/product?3RV2901-2E

www.siemens.com/product?3RV2901-1F

www.siemens.com/product?3RV2901-2F

www.siemens.com/product?3RV2901-1A

www.siemens.com/product?3RV2901-2A

www.siemens.com/product?3RV2902-1AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RV2902-2AP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RV2902-1DP0

www.siemens.com/product?3RV2902-2DP0


Accessories

8© Siemens AG 2015

Accessories for contactors

Complete range of accessories for the contactors see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 3 "Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies" ➞ "Accessories and Spare Parts".

For contactors Version DT Article No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Size

Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front of contactors

3RH2911-1BA..

3RH2911-1MA..

Screw terminals

Cable entry from below

S00 ... S2 1-pole

- 1 NO } 3RH2911-1BA10 1 1 unit 41B- 1 NC } 3RH2911-1BA01 1 1 unit 41B

S00 ... S2 2-pole

- 1 NO + 1 NC } 3RH2911-1MA11 1 1 unit 41B- 2 NO } 3RH2911-1MA20 1 1 unit 41B

Auxiliary switch blocks for contactors, for lateral mounting

3RH2911-1DA..

3RH2911-2DA..

Screw terminals

S00 2 NC A 3RH2911-1DA02 1 1 unit 41BS00 1 NO + 1 NC A 3RH2911-1DA11 1 1 unit 41BS00 2 NO A 3RH2911-1DA20 1 1 unit 41B

S0/S2 2 NC A 3RH2921-1DA02 1 1 unit 41BS0/S2 1 NO + 1 NC A 3RH2921-1DA11 1 1 unit 41BS0/S2 2 NO A 3RH2921-1DA20 1 1 unit 41B


S00 2 NC A 3RH2911-2DA02 1 1 unit 41BS00 1 NO + 1 NC A 3RH2911-2DA11 1 1 unit 41BS00 2 NO A 3RH2911-2DA20 1 1 unit 41B

S0/S2 2 NC A 3RH2921-2DA02 1 1 unit 41BS0/S2 1 NO + 1 NC A 3RH2921-2DA11 1 1 unit 41BS0/S2 2 NO A 3RH2921-2DA20 1 1 unit 41B

Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals(can be used only for direct-on-line starters)

3RT1926-4RD01

3RT1900-4RE01

Screw terminals

Adapters for contactorsAmbient temperature Tu max = 60 °C

S00 Rated operational current Ie at AC-3/400 V: 20 A

B 3RT1916-4RD01 1 1 unit 41B

S0 Rated operational current Ie at AC-3/400 V: 25 A

B 3RT1926-4RD01 1 1 unit 41B

Plugs for contactors

S00, S0 -- B 3RT1900-4RE01 1 1 unit 41B



www.siemens.com/product?3RH2911-1BA10

www.siemens.com/product?3RH2911-1BA01

www.siemens.com/product?3RH2911-1MA11

www.siemens.com/product?3RH2911-1MA20

www.siemens.com/product?3RH2911-1DA02












www.siemens.com/product?3RT1916-4RD01

www.siemens.com/product?3RT1926-4RD01

www.siemens.com/product?3RT1900-4RE01


Accessories

8

© Siemens AG 2015

1) Can be used for AC operation for 50/60 Hz. Please inquire about further voltages.

2) For packs of 10 or 5 units, "-Z" and order code "X90" must be added to the Article No.

For contactors

Version Rated control supply voltage Us

1)DT Article No.2) Price

per PUPU

(UNIT,SET, M)

PS* PG

Type V

Surge suppressors without LED for contactors

Size S00

3RT2916-1B.00

For plugging onto the front side of the contactors with and without auxiliary switch blocks

3RT2. Varistors 24 ... 48 AC,24 ... 70 DC

} 3RT2916-1BB00 1 1 unit 41B

127 ... 240 AC,150 ... 250 DC

} 3RT2916-1BD00 1 1 unit 41B

3RT2. RC elements 24 ... 48 AC,24 ... 70 DC

} 3RT2916-1CB00 1 1 unit 41B

127 ... 240 AC,150 ... 250 DC

} 3RT2916-1CD00 1 1 unit 41B

3RT2. Noise suppression diodes

12 ... 250 DC } 3RT2916-1DG00 1 1 unit 41B

3RT2. Diode assemblies (diode and Zener diode)for DC operation and short break times

12 ... 250 DC } 3RT2916-1EH00 1 1 unit 41B

Size S0

3RT2926-1E.00

For plugging onto the front side of the contactors (prior to mounting of the auxiliary switch block)

3RT20 2 Varistors 24 ... 48 AC,24 ... 70 DC

} 3RT2926-1BB00 1 1 unit 41B

127 ... 240 AC,150 ... 250 DC

} 3RT2926-1BD00 1 1 unit 41B

3RT20 2 RC elements 24 ... 48 AC,24 ... 70 DC

} 3RT2926-1CB00 1 1 unit 41B

127 ... 240 AC,150 ... 250 DC

} 3RT2926-1CD00 1 1 unit 41B

3RT20 2 Diode assemblies for DC operation and short break times

24 DC } 3RT2926-1ER00 1 1 unit 41B

30 ... 250 DC } 3RT2926-1ES00 1 1 unit 41B

Size S2

3RT2936-1B.00

For plugging onto the front side of the contactors (prior to mounting of the auxiliary switch block)

3RT2.3. Varistors 24 ... 48 AC,24 ... 70 DC

} 3RT2936-1BB00 1 1 unit 41B

127 ... 240 AC,150 ... 250 DC

} 3RT2936-1BD00 1 1 unit 41B

3RT2.3. RC elements 24 ... 48 AC,24 ... 70 DC

} 3RT2936-1CB00 1 1 unit 41B

127 ... 240 AC,150 ... 250 DC

} 3RT2936-1CD00 1 1 unit 41B

3RT2936-1E.00

3RT2.3. Diode assemblies for DC operation

--,24 DC

} 3RT2936-1ER00 1 1 unit 41B

--,30 ... 250 DC

} 3RT2936-1ES00 1 1 unit 41B


www.siemens.com/product?3RT2916-1BB00

www.siemens.com/product?3RT2916-1BD00

www.siemens.com/product?3RT2916-1CB00

www.siemens.com/product?3RT2916-1CD00

www.siemens.com/product?3RT2916-1DG00

www.siemens.com/product?3RT2916-1EH00





www.siemens.com/product?3RT2926-1ER00

www.siemens.com/product?3RT2926-1ES00





www.siemens.com/product?3RT2936-1ER00

www.siemens.com/product?3RT2936-1ES00


Accessories

8© Siemens AG 2015

Accessories for the customer assembly of fuseless load feeders

Note:

Link modules can be used in• Sizes S00 and S0 up to max. 32 A• Size S2 up to max. 65 A

1) The link modules from motor starter protector to contactor cannot be used for the 3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV2.31-4K.1., 3RV2.31-4R.1., 3RV2.32-4K.1., 3RV2.32-4R.1., 3RV27 and 3RV28 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers.

2) The hybrid modules from motor starter protector to contactor cannot be used for the 3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV27 and 3RV28 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers. They are only suitable for constructing direct-on-line starters.

3) A spacer for height compensation on AC contactors, size S0, is optionally available, see page 8/46.

For motor starter protectors

For contactors

Actuating voltage ofcontactor

DT Article No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Size Size

Link modules from motor starter protector to contactor1)

3RA2921-1AA00

Electrical and mechanical link between motor starter protector and contactor

Screw terminals

Single-unit packaging

S00/S0 S00 AC and DC } 3RA1921-1DA00 1 1 unit 41BS00/S0 S0 AC A 3RA2921-1AA00 1 1 unit 41BS00/S0 S0 DC A 3RA2921-1BA00 1 1 unit 41BS2 S2 AC and DC A 3RA2931-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B

3RA2931-1AA00

Multi-unit packaging

S00/S0 S00 AC and DC } 3RA1921-1D 1 10 units 41BS00/S0 S0 AC A 3RA2921-1A 1 10 units 41BS00/S0 S0 DC A 3RA2921-1B 1 10 units 41BS2 S2 AC and DC A 3RA2931-1A 1 5 units 41B

3RA2911-2AA00

Electrical and mechanical link between motor starter protector and contactor



S00 S00 AC and DC } 3RA2911-2AA00 1 1 unit 41BS0 S0 AC3) and DC } 3RA2921-2AA00 1 1 unit 41B


S00 S00 AC and DC } 3RA2911-2A 1 10 units 41BS0 S0 AC3) and DC } 3RA2921-2A 1 10 units 41B

Hybrid link modules from motor starter protector to contactor2)

3RA2911-2FA00

Mechanical and electrical connection between motor starter protector with screw terminals and contactor with spring-type terminals


S00 S00 AC and DC } 3RA2911-2FA00 1 1 unit 41BS0 S0 AC3) and DC } 3RA2921-2FA00 1 1 unit 41B

3RA2921-2FA00


S00 S00 AC and DC } 3RA2911-2F 1 10 units 41BS0 S0 AC3) and DC } 3RA2921-2F 1 10 units 41B



www.siemens.com/product?3RA1921-1DA00

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2921-1AA00

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2921-1BA00


www.siemens.com/product?3RA1921-1D


www.siemens.com/product?3RA2921-1B






www.siemens.com/product?3RA2911-2FA00

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2921-2FA00

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2911-2F

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2921-2F


Accessories

8

© Siemens AG 2015

Note:

Link modules can be used in• Sizes S00 and S0 up to max. 32 A• Size S2 up to max. 65 A

1) The link modules from motor starter protector to soft starter and from motor starter protector to solid-state contactor cannot be used for the 3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV2.31-4K.1., 3RV2.31-4R.1., 3RV2.32-4K.1., 3RV2.32-4R.1., 3RV27 and 3RV28 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers.

2) To assemble the feeder between a motor starter protector and a soft starter in size S2, the 3RA2932-1AC00 standard mounting rail adapter must be used.


For soft starters


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Size Size

Link modules from motor starter protector to soft starter1)

3RA2921-1BA00

Electrical and mechanical link between motor starter protector and soft starter

Screw terminals


S00/S0 S00/S0 A 3RA2921-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B

S22) S2 A 3RA2931-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B


S00/S0 S00/S0 A 3RA2921-1B 1 10 units 41B

S22) S2 A 3RA2931-1A 1 5 units 41B

3RA2921-2GA00

Electrical and mechanical link between motor starter protector and soft starter



S00 S00 } 3RA2911-2GA00 1 1 unit 41BS0 S0 } 3RA2921-2GA00 1 1 unit 41B


S00 S00 } 3RA2911-2G 1 10 units 41BS0 S0 } 3RA2921-2G 1 10 units 41B

For contactors


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Size

Wiring kits for contactors

3RA2923-2AA1

Screw terminals

Reversing dutyS00 Electrical and mechanical link for reversing

contactors, optionally with integrated electrical and mechanical interlock

} 3RA2913-2AA1 1 1 unit 41BS0 } 3RA2923-2AA1 1 1 unit 41B

S2 The kit contains: 2 connecting pins for 2 contactors, wiring modules on the top and bottom• for main and auxiliary circuits

} 3RA2933-2AA1 1 1 unit 41B

3RA2923-2BB1

Wye-delta startingS00 Electrical and mechanical link for three

contactors of same size} 3RA2913-2BB1 1 1 unit 41B

S0 } 3RA2923-2BB1 1 1 unit 41BS2-S2-S0 } 3RA2933-2C 1 1 unit 41BS2-S2-S2 } 3RA2933-2BB1 1 1 unit 41B

3RA2923-2AA2


Reversing dutyS00 Electrical and mechanical link for reversing

contactors, optionally with integrated electrical and mechanical interlock

} 3RA2913-2AA2 1 1 unit 41BS0 } 3RA2923-2AA2 1 1 unit 41B

S2 The kit contains: 2 connecting pins for 2 contactors, wiring modules on the top and bottom• for main circuits only

B 3RA2933-2AA2 1 1 unit 41B

Wye-delta startingS00 Electrical and mechanical link for three

contactors of same size} 3RA2913-2BB2 1 1 unit 41B

S0 } 3RA2923-2BB2 1 1 unit 41BS2-S2-S0 } 3RA2933-2C 1 1 unit 41BS2-S2-S2 B 3RA2933-2BB2 1 1 unit 41B

Safety main current connectors for 2 contactors

3RA2916-1A

Switches 2 contactors in series Screw terminals

S00 A 3RA2916-1A 1 1 unit 41BS0 A 3RA2926-1A 1 1 unit 41BS2 A 3RA2936-1A 1 1 unit 41B





www.siemens.com/product?3RA2913-2BB1


www.siemens.com/product?3RA2933-2C












www.siemens.com/product?3RA2921-1BA00




www.siemens.com/product?3RA2911-2GA00

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2921-2GA00

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2911-2G

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2921-2G


Accessories

8© Siemens AG 2015


For contac-tors


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Size Size

Mounting rails for mounting contactors for the customer assembly of 3RA21 load feeders with busbar adapters for 60 mm systems

8US1998-7CB45

For the discrete configuration of direct-on-line starters a further mounting rail is needed for the contactor in addition to the mounting rail existing on the busbar adapter.

-- S0 For pushing onto the busbar adapter, including fixing screws

A 8US1998-7CB45 1 10 units 14O

Standard mounting rail adapters

3RA2922-1AA00

For mechanical fixing of motor starter protector and contactor; for snapping onto standard mounting rail or for screw fixing

S00, S0 S00, S0 Single-unit packaging A 3RA2922-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B

S00, S0 S00, S0 Multi-unit packaging A 3RA2922-1A 1 5 units 41B

S2 S2 Single-unit packaging A 3RA2932-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B

S2 S2 Multi-unit packaging A 3RA2932-1A 1 5 units 41B

3RA2932-1CA00

For mechanical fixing of motor starter protector and soft starter; for snapping onto standard mounting rail or for screw fixing

S2 S2 Single-unit packaging A 3RA2932-1CA00 1 1 unit 41B

Side modules for standard mounting rail adapters

3RA1902-1B

S00/S0/S2 S00/S0/S2

For standard mounting rail adapters 10 mm wide, 96 mm long, for widening standard mounting rail adapters when using lateral auxiliary switches, 2 units required

} 3RA1902-1B 1 10 units 41B

RH assembly kits for reversing duty and standard rail mounting in size S0, S2

3RA2923-1BB1

RH assembly kits for screw terminals Screw terminals

S0 S0 Comprising:• Wiring kit• 2 standard mounting rail adapters• 2 connecting wedges

Link modules must be ordered separately.

A 3RA2923-1BB1 1 1 unit 41B

S2 S2 A 3RA2933-1BB1 1 1 unit 41B

RH assembly kits for spring-type terminals Spring-type terminals

S0 S0 Comprising:• Wiring kit• 2 standard mounting rail adapters• 2 connecting wedges• Spacer

Link modules must be ordered separately.

A 3RA2923-1BB2 1 1 unit 41B

Push-in lugs for screw fixing

3RV2928-0B

S00 to S2 -- For screwing the motor starter protector (of the load feeder) onto mounting plates; 2 units are required for each motor starter protector

A 3RV2928-0B 100 10 units 41E



www.siemens.com/product?8US1998-7CB45





www.siemens.com/product?3RA2932-1CA00





www.siemens.com/product?3RV2928-0B


Accessories

8

© Siemens AG 2015

Busbar adapters

1) For the assembly of feeders for reversing starters comprising a motor starter protector and two contactors.

2) Additional mounting rails for busbar adapters see page 8/44.

For load feeders

Rated current

Con-necting cable

Adapter length

Adapter width

Rated voltage DT Article No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Size A AWG mm mm V

Busbar adapters for 60 mm systemsFor flat copper profiles according to DIN 46433 Width: 12 mm and 30 mm Thickness: 5 mm and 10 mm also for T and double-T special profiles

• For load feeders with screw terminals Screw terminals

S00/S0 25 12 200 45 690 } 8US1251-5DS10 1 1 unit 14O

S00 (motor starter protector)/S0 (contactor)

25 12 260 45 690 } 8US1251-5DT10 1 1 unit 14O

S0 32 10 260 45 690 } 8US1251-5NT10 1 1 unit 14O

S2 80 4 260 55 690 B 8US1261-6MT10 1 1 unit 14O

S21) 80 4 260 118 690 B 8US1211-6MT10 1 1 unit 14O

• For load feeders with spring-type terminals Spring-type terminals

S00 25 12 200 45 690 } 8US1251-5DS11 1 1 unit 14O

S00/S0 25 12 260 45 690 } 8US1251-5DT11 1 1 unit 14O

S0 32 10 260 45 690 } 8US1251-5NT11 1 1 unit 14O

Accessories2) Device holdersFor lateral attachment to busbar adapters

-- -- 200 45 -- } 8US1250-5AS10 1 1 unit 14O

-- -- 260 45 -- } 8US1250-5AT10 1 1 unit 14O

Side modules For widening busbar adapters

-- -- 200 9 -- A 8US1998-2BJ10 1 10 units 14O

SpacersFor fixing the load feeder onto the busbar adapter

-- -- -- -- -- } 8US1998-1BA10 1 50 units 14O

Vibration and shock kitsFor high vibration and shock loads

S00/S0 -- -- -- -- -- } 8US1998-1CA10 1 2 units 14O

S2 -- -- -- -- -- B 8US1998-1DA10 1 1 unit 14O

8US1250-5AT108US1251-5DT11 8US1250-5AS108US1251-5DS10


www.siemens.com/product?8US1251-5DS10

www.siemens.com/product?8US1251-5DT10

www.siemens.com/product?8US1251-5NT10

www.siemens.com/product?8US1261-6MT10

www.siemens.com/product?8US1211-6MT10

www.siemens.com/product?8US1251-5DS11

www.siemens.com/product?8US1251-5DT11

www.siemens.com/product?8US1251-5NT11

www.siemens.com/product?8US1250-5AS10

www.siemens.com/product?8US1250-5AT10

www.siemens.com/product?8US1998-2BJ10

www.siemens.com/product?8US1998-1BA10

www.siemens.com/product?8US1998-1CA10

www.siemens.com/product?8US1998-1DA10


Accessories

8© Siemens AG 2015

1) PC labeling system for individual inscription of unit labeling plates available from murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH: www.murrplastik.de


For contac-tors


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Size Size

RS assembly kits for reversing duty for 60 mm busbar systemsRS assembly kits for screw terminals Screw terminals

S00, S0 S00 Comprising:• Wiring kit• Busbar adapters• Device holders• 2 connecting wedgesLink modules must be ordered separately.

A 3RA2913-1DB1 1 1 unit 41BS0 S0 A 3RA2923-1DB1 1 1 unit 41BS00 S0 A 3RA2923-1EB1 1 1 unit 41BS2 S2 A 3RA2933-1DB1 1 1 unit 41B

RS assembly kits for spring-type terminals Spring-type terminals

S00 S00 Comprising:• Wiring kit• Busbar adapters• Device holders• 2 connecting wedges• SpacerLink modules must be ordered separately.

A 3RA2913-1DB2 1 1 unit 41BS0 S0 A 3RA2923-1DB2 1 1 unit 41B


For contac-tors


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Size Size

Connecting wedges

8US1998-1AA00

For mechanical linking of busbar adapters and device holders or of standard mounting rail adapters (2 units per combination required)

} 8US1998-1AA00 100 100 units 14O

Spacers

3RA2911-1CA00

For height compensation on AC contactors size S0 with spring-type terminals


S0 S0 Single-unit packaging A 3RA2911-1CA00 1 1 unit 41B

S0 S0 Multi-unit packaging A 3RA2911-1C 1 5 units 41B


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG


3RA2908-1A

Screwdrivers For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals


Length approx. 200 mm, 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, titanium gray/black, partially insulated

A 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B

Blank labels

3RT2900-1SB20

Unit labeling plates1)

for SIRIUS devices 20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray

D 3RT2900-1SB20 100 340 units 41B

Configuration Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations"

Configuration manual for new combinations of load feeders Information and assignment tables for combinations for self-assembly.The configuration manual can be downloaded free of charge in PDF format from the Internet, seehttps://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/39714188

IC01

_001

81



www.siemens.com/product?3RA2913-1DB1


www.siemens.com/product?3RA2923-1EB1





www.siemens.com/product?3RT2900-1SB20

www.siemens.com/product?8US1998-1AA00

www.siemens.com/product?3RA2911-1CA00



http://www.murrplastik.de


10

10

Price groups

PG 41B, 41E, 41H, 41L, 42F, 42J

10/2 Introduction

SIMOCODE 3UF motor management and control devicesSIMOCODE pro 3UF7

10/3 General data10/12 Basic units 10/14 Expansion modules10/16 Fail-safe expansion modules10/17 Accessories

RelaysCoupling relays andsignal converters / interface converters

10/20 SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters

Note:Conversion tool, e.g. from 3RS17 to 3RS70, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

Monitoring and Control Devices

© Siemens AG 2015



3RA1943-2C3RA1943-2B3RA1953-2B3RA1953-2N

Article-No.



10/2 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Monitoring and Control Devices

Introduction

10

■ Overview

✓ Available

-- Not available

✓ Available

-- Not available

Connection methods

The monitoring and control devices are available with screw or spring-type terminals.

"Increased safety" type of protection EEx e/d according to ATEX directive 94/9/EC

The communication-capable, modularly designed SIMOCODE pro motor management system (SIRIUS Motor Management and Control Devices) protects motors of types of protection EEx e and EEx d in potentially explosive areas.

ATEX approval for operation in areas subject to explosion hazard

The SIRIUS SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management system is certified for the protection of motors in areas subject to explosion hazard according to • ATEX Ex I (M2); equipment group I, category M2 (mining) • ATEX Ex II (2) GD; equipment group II, category 2 in area GD.

Type SIMOCODE pro C SIMOCODE pro S SIMOCODE pro V/SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET/SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU

Page

SIMOCODE 3UF motor management and control devicesBasic units ✓ ✓ ✓ 10/12

Current measuring modules ✓ ✓ ✓ 10/13

Current/voltage measuring modules -- -- ✓ 10/13

Decoupling modules -- -- ✓ 10/13

Operator panels ✓ ✓ ✓ 10/13

Operator panels with display -- -- ✓ 10/13

Expansion modules -- ✓ ✓ 10/16

Fail-safe expansion modules -- -- ✓ 10/16

Current transformers ✓ ✓ ✓ IC 10

SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) ✓ ✓ ✓ Ch. 14

SIMOCODE ES 2007 ✓ ✓ ✓ IC 10

SIMOCODE pro block library for SIMATIC PCS 7

✓ ✓ ✓ IC 10

Type 3RS70 Page

SIRIUS 3RS70 signal convertersSingle-range converters ✓ 10/25

Multi-range converters ✓ 10/25

Universal converters ✓ 10/25

Screw terminals



© Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE 3UF Motor Management and Control DevicesSIMOCODE pro 3UF7

General data

10

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

SIMOCODE pro S for efficient entry into motor management and SIMOCODE pro V for maximum functionality

SIMOCODE pro is a flexible, modular motor management sys-tem for motors with constant speeds in the low-voltage perfor-mance range. It optimizes the connection between I&C and motor feeder, increases plant availability and allows significant savings to be made for installation, commissioning, operation and maintenance of a system.

When SIMOCODE pro is installed in the low-voltage switch-board, it is the intelligent interface between the higher-level automation system and the motor feeder and includes the following:• Multifunctional, electronic full motor protection that is indepen-

dent of the automation system• Integrated control functions instead of hardware for the motor

control• Detailed operating, service and diagnostics data• Open communication through PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET,

Modbus RTU and OPC UA• Safety relay function for the fail-safe disconnection of motors

up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508, IEC 62061) or PL e with Category 4 (EN ISO 13849-1)

• SIMOCODE ES is the software package for SIMOCODE pro parameterization, start up and diagnostics.

Device seriesSIMOCODE pro is structured into several functionally tiered series:• SIMOCODE pro C, as a compact system for direct-on-line

starters and reversing starters or for controlling a motor starter protector

• SIMOCODE pro S - the smart system for direct-on-line, revers-ing, and wye-delta starters or for controlling a motor starter protector or soft starter. Its expandability with a multifunction module provides comprehensive input/output project data volume, precise ground-fault detection via the 3UL23 resid-ual-current transformers and temperature measurement.

• SIMOCODE pro V, as a variable system with all control func-tions and with the possibility of expanding the inputs, outputs and functions of the system at will using expansion modules

✓ Available

-- Not available1) Maximum of 5 expansion modules.2) When an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module are

used, more restrictions on the number of expansion modules connectable per basic unit must be observed, see page 10/11.

3) The fail-safe digital module can be used instead of one of the two digital modules.

Per feeder each system always comprises one basic unit and one separate current measuring module. The two modules are connected together electrically through the system interface with a connection cable and can be mounted mechanically con-nected as a unit (one behind the other) or separately (side by side). The motor current to be monitored is decisive only for the choice of the current measuring module.

An operator panel for mounting in the control cabinet door is optionally connectable through a second system interface on the basic unit. Both the current measuring module and the operator panel are electrically supplied by the basic unit through the connection cable. More inputs, outputs and functions can be added to the SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE pro S by means of optional expansion modules, thus supplementing the inputs and outputs already existing on the basic unit. With the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules it is also possible to integrate the fail-safe disconnection of motors in the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system.

All modules are connected by connection cables. The connec-tion cables are available in various lengths. The maximum dis-tance between the modules (e.g. between the basic unit and the current measuring module) must not exceed 2.5 m. The total length of all the connection cables per system interface of the basic unit may be up to 3 m.

Expansion possibilities

SIMOCODE

pro C pro S pro V1)

PROFIBUS PROFIBUS PROFIBUS2) Modbus RTU2)

PROFINET

Operator panels ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Operator panels with display

-- -- ✓ ✓

Current measuring modules

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Current/voltage measuring modules

-- -- ✓ ✓

Decoupling modules

-- -- ✓ ✓

Expansion modules:

• Digital modules -- -- 2 2

• Fail-safe digital modules3)

-- -- 1 1

• Analog modules -- -- 1 2

• Ground-fault modules

-- -- 1 1

• Temperature modules

-- -- 1 2

• Multifunction modules

-- 1 -- --

10/3Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

10© Siemens AG 2015

SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V: System structure

PROFIBUS

Basic unit Operatorpanel

Multifunction moduleCurrentmeasuring module

Basic unit Operatorpanel

Earth-faultmodule

Analogmodule

Digital modulesFail-safeStandard

Current/voltagemeasuring module

Temperaturemodule

Func

tions

Func

tions

IC01_00273a

SIM

OC

OD

E p

ro V

SIM

OC

OD

E p

ro S

Modbus RTU

PROFINET

PROFIsafePROFIBUS

PROFIsafe

10/4 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

10

© Siemens AG 2015

Article No. scheme

Note:



■ Benefits

General customer benefits• Integrating the whole motor feeder into the process control by

means of PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET, Modbus RTU or OPC UA significantly reduces the wiring outlay between the motor feeder and PLC

• Decentralization of the automated processes by means of configurable control and monitoring functions in the feeder saves resources in the automation system and ensures full functionality and protection of the feeder even if the I&C or bus system fails

• The acquisition and monitoring of operating, service and diagnostics data in the feeder and process control system increases plant availability as well as maintenance and ser-vice-friendliness

• The high degree of modularity allows users to perfectly imple-ment their plant-specific requirements for each motor feeder

• The SIMOCODE pro system offers functionally graded and space-saving solutions for each customer application

• The replacement of the control circuit hardware with inte-grated control functions decreases the number of hardware components and wiring required and in this way limits stock keeping costs and potential wiring errors

• The use of solid-state full motor protection permits better utilization of the motors and ensures long-term stability of the tripping characteristic and reliable tripping even after years of service

Multifunctional, electronic full motor protection for rated motor currents up to 820 A

SIMOCODE pro offers comprehensive protection of the motor feeder by means of a combination of different, multi-step and delayable protection and monitoring functions:• Inverse-time delayed solid-state overload protection

(CLASS 5 to 40)• Thermistor motor protection• Phase failure/unbalance protection• Stall protection• Monitoring of adjustable limit values for the motor current• Voltage and power monitoring• Monitoring of the power factor (motor idling/load shedding)• Ground-fault monitoring• Temperature monitoring, e.g. over PT100/PT1000• Monitoring of operating hours, downtime and number of starts

etc.

Recording of measuring curves

SIMOCODE pro can record measuring curves and therefore is able, for example, to present the progression of motor current during motor start up.

Flexible motor control implemented with integrated control functions (instead of comprehensive hardware interlocks)

Many predefined motor control functions have already been integrated into SIMOCODE pro, including all necessary logic operations and interlocks:• Overload relays• Direct-on-line and reversing starters• Wye/delta starters (also with direction reversal)• Two speeds, motors with separate windings

(pole-changing starter); also with direction reversal • Two speeds, motors with separate Dahlander windings

(also with direction reversal) • Positioner actuation • Solenoid valve actuation • Actuation of a motor starter protector• Soft starter actuation (also with direction reversal)

These control functions are predefined in SIMOCODE pro and can be freely assigned to the inputs and outputs of the SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS/PROFINET device (including the process image).

These predefined control functions can also be flexibly adapted to each customized configuration of a motor feeder by means of freely configurable logic modules (truth tables, counters, timers, edge evaluation, etc.) and with the help of standard functions (power failure monitoring, emergency start, external faults, etc.), without additional auxiliary relays being necessary in the control circuit.

SIMOCODE pro makes a lot of additional hardware and wiring in the control circuit unnecessary which results in a high level of standardization of the motor feeder in terms of its design and circuit diagrams.

Digit of the Article No. 1st - 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th

@@@@ @ @ @ – 1 @ @ 0 @ – 0

SIMOCODE pro motor management system 3 U F 7

Type of unit/module @

Functional version of the unit/module @ @

Connection type of the current transformer @

Voltage version @

Color @

Example 3 U F 7 0 1 0 – 1 A B 0 0 – 0

10/5Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data


Detailed operational, service and diagnostics data

SIMOCODE pro makes different operating, service and diagnos-tics data available and helps to detect potential faults in time and to prevent them by means of preventative measures. In the event of a malfunction, a fault can be diagnosed, localized and recti-fied very quickly – there are no or very short downtimes.

Operating data• Motor switching state derived from the current flow in the main

circuit• All phase currents• All phase voltages and phase-to-phase voltages• Active power, apparent power and power factor• Phase unbalance and phase sequence• Ground-fault current• Time to trip• Motor temperature• Remaining cooling time etc.

Service data• Motor operating hours• Motor stop times• Number of motor starts• Number of overload trips• Interval for compulsory testing of the enabling circuits• Energy consumed• Internal comments stored in the device etc.

Diagnostics data• Numerous detailed early warning and fault messages• Internal device fault logging with time stamp• Time stamping of freely selectable status, alarm or fault

messages etc.

Easy operation and diagnostics

Operator panel

The operator panel is used to control the motor feeder and can replace all conventional pushbuttons and indicator lights to save space. It makes SIMOCODE pro or the feeder directly operable in the control cabinet. It features all the status LEDs available on the basic unit and externalizes the system interface for simple parameterization or diagnosis on a PC/PG.

Operator panel with display

As an alternative to the 3UF720 standard operator panel for SIMOCODE pro V, there is also an operator panel with display: the 3UF721 is thus able in addition to indicate current measured values, operational and diagnostics data or status information of the motor feeder at the control cabinet. The pushbuttons of the operator panel can be used to control the motor. Also, when SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET is used it is possible to set param-eters such as rated motor current, limit values, etc. directly via the operator panel with display.

Communications

SIMOCODE pro has either an integrated PROFIBUS DP or Modbus RTU interface (SUB-D or terminal connection) or a PROFINET interface (2 x RJ45).

Fail-safe disconnection through PROFIBUS or PROFINET with the PROFIsafe profile is also possible in conjunction with a fail-safe controller (F-CPU) and the DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module.

SIMOCODE pro for PROFIBUS

SIMOCODE pro for PROFIBUS supports for example:• Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1)• Extensive diagnostics and hardware interrupts• Time stamp with high timing precision (SIMATIC S7) for

SIMOCODE pro V• DPV1 communication after the Y-Link

SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET

SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET supports for example:• Line and ring bus topology thanks to an integrated switch• Media redundancy via MRP protocol• Operating, service and diagnostics data via standard web

browser• OPC UA server for open communication with visualization and

control system• NTP-synchronized time• Interval function and measured values for power management

via PROFIenergy• Module exchange without PC memory module through

proximity detection• Extensive diagnostics and maintenance alarms

System redundancy with SIMOCODE pro for PROFINET

The device supports the system redundancy mechanismsof PROFINET IO and therefore can be operated directly onfault-tolerant systems such as SIMATIC S7-400 H. As such, SIMOCODE pro can provide decisive added value also for the field level of plants in which plant availability and control system redundancy are priorities.

SIMOCODE pro for Modbus RTU

SIMOCODE pro for Modbus RTU supports for example:• Communication at baud rates

1200/2400/4800/9600/19200/57600• Access to freely parameterizable process image via

Modbus RTU• Access to all operational, service and diagnostics data via

Modbus RTU

Notes on safety

For connection of an internal system to an external system, suitable protective measures must be taken to ensure safe operation of the plant (including IT security, e.g. network segmentation).

More information, see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.

For SIMOCODE pro motor management and control devices with communication function, see page 10/12 onwards.

Accessories, see page 10/17 onwards.

More information, see Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.

Autonomous operation

An essential feature of SIMOCODE pro is the autonomous exe-cution of all protection and control functions, even when commu-nication to the I&C system is interrupted. This means that even in the event of bus system or automation system failure, full func-tionality of the feeder is ensured or a specific behavior can be parametrized in case of such a fault, e.g. targeted shutdown of the feeder or execution of particular parametrized control mech-anisms (such as reversal of the direction of rotation).

10/6 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity


General data

10

© Siemens AG 2015

Advantages through energy efficiency

Overview of the energy management process

We offer you a unique portfolio for industrial energy manage-ment, using an energy management system that helps to opti-mally define your energy needs. We split up our industrial energy management into three phases – identify, evaluate, and realize – and we support you with the appropriate hardware and software solutions in every process phase.

The innovative SIRIUS industrial controls products can also make a major contribution to the energy efficiency of a plant (www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving). The SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management system makes the following contribution to the energy efficiency of the plant as a whole:• Energy consumption:

Clear display of the energy consumption of a motor feeder or process element by means of the acquisition and transmission of all operating and consumption date, such as current, volt-age, active and reactive power, energy consumption, motor temperature etc.

• Energy management:Evaluation of energy measured values (e.g. limit value moni-toring) with exporting of local or central actions (= forwarding to higher-level)

• PROFIenergy:SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET supports the PROFIenergy func-tions. Reduced energy consumption thanks to automatic dis-connection in the intervals and forwarding of the measured values for higher-level energy management systems.

■ Application

SIMOCODE pro is often used for automated processes where plant downtimes are very expensive (e.g. chemical, oil/gas, water/waste water, steel or cement industries) and where it is im-portant to prevent plant downtimes through detailed operating, service and diagnostics data or to localize the fault very quickly in the event of a fault.

SIMOCODE pro is modular and space-saving and suited espe-cially for operation in motor control centers (MCCs) in the pro-cess industry and for power plant technology.

Applications

Protection and control of motors in hazardous areas for types of protection EEx e/d according to ATEX guideline 94/9/EC• With heavy starting (paper, cement, metal and water indus-

tries)• In high-availability plants (chemical, oil, raw material process-

ing industries, power plants)

Safety technology for SIMOCODE pro

The safe disconnection of motors in the process industry is be-coming increasingly important as the result of new and revised standards and requirements in the safety technology field.

With the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion modules it is easy to integrate functions for fail-safe disconnec-tion into the SIMOCODE pro V motor management system while retaining service-proven concepts. The strict separation of safety functions and operational functions proves particularly advantageous for planning, configuring and construction. Seamless integration in the motor management system leads to greater transparency for diagnostics and during operation of the system.

Suitable components for this purpose are the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion modules, depending on the requirements:• The DM-F Local fail-safe digital module for when direct

assignment between a fail-safe hardware shutdown signal and a motor feeder is required, or

• The DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital module for when a fail-safe controller (F-CPU) creates the signal for the disconnection and transmits it in a fail-safe manner through PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe or PROFINET/PROFIsafe to the motor management system

IC01

_002

44

10/7Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

http://www.siemens.com/sirius/energysaving


General data



General data

Type 3UF7

Permissible ambient temperature• During operation °C -25 ... +60; 3UF721: 0 ... +60• During storage and transport °C -40 ... +80; 3UF721: -20 ... +70

Degree of protection (acc. to IEC 60529)• Measurement modules with busbar connection IP00• Operator panel (front) and door adapter (front) with cover IP54• Other components IP20

Shock resistance (sine pulse) g/ms 15/11

Mounting position Any

Frequency Hz 50/60 ± 5 %

EMC interference immunity (according to IEC 60947-1) (corresponds to degree of severity 3)• Conducted interference, burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 kV

kV2 (power ports)1 (signal ports)

• Conducted interference, high frequency acc. to IEC 61000-4-6

V 10

• Conducted interference, surge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5 kVkV

2 (line to ground); 3UF7320-1AB, 3UF7330-1AB: 1 (line to ground)1 (line to line); 3UF7320-1AB, 3UF7330-1AB: 0.5 (line to line)

• Electrostatic discharge, ESD acc. to IEC 61000-4-2 kVkV

8 (air discharge); 3UF7020: Only operate front side during operation6 (contact discharge); 3UF721: 4 (contact discharge)

• Field-related interference acc. to IEC 61000-4-3 V/m 10

EMC emitted interference (according to IEC 60947-1)• Conducted and radiated interference emission EN 55011/EN 55022 (CISPR 11/CISPR 22)

(corresponds to degree of severity A)

Protective separation (acc. to IEC 60947-1) All circuits in SIMOCODE pro are safely separated from each other accord-ing to IEC 60947-1, i.e. they are designed with doubled creepage paths and clearances. In this context, compliance with the instructions in the test report "Safe Isolation" No. 2668 is required.

Basic units

Type 3UF7000-1AU00-0 3UF7010-1AU00-0 3UF7011-1AU00-03UF7020-1AU01-03UF7012-1AU00-0

3UF7000-1AB00-0 3UF7010-1AB00-0 3UF7011-1AB00-03UF7020-1AB01-03UF7012-1AB00-0

Control circuitRated control supply voltage Us (according to IEC 61131-2) 110 ... 240 AC/DC; 50/60 Hz 24 V DC

Operating range• SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000) and SIMOCODE pro V

(3UF7010/3UF7012)0.85 ... 1.1 x Us 0.80 ... 1.2 × Us

• SIMOCODE pro V PN (3UF7011) and SIMOCODE pro S (3UF7020)- Operation 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us 0.80 ... 1.2 × Us- Start up 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us 0.85 ... 1.2 × Us

Power consumption• SIMOCODE pro C (3UF7000) and SIMOCODE pro S (3UF7020) 7 VA/5 W 5 W• SIMOCODE pro V (3UF7010/3UF7012)

incl. two connected expansion modules10 VA/7 W 7 W

• SIMOCODE pro V PN (3UF7011) incl. two connected expansion modules

11 VA/8 W 8 W

Rated insulation voltage Ui V 300 (at pollution degree 3)


Relay outputs• Number

- SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro V, SIMOCODE pro V PN 3 monostable relay outputs- SIMOCODE pro S 2 monostable relay outputs

• Specified short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts (relay outputs)- Fuse links 6 A operational class gG; 10 A quick-response (IEC 60947-5-1) - Miniature circuit breaker 1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1); 6 A, C characteristic (Ik < 500 A)

• Rated uninterrupted current A 6• Rated switching capacity

- AC-15 6 A/24 V AC 6 A/120 V AC 3 A/230 V AC- DC-13 2 A/24 V DC 0.55 A/60 V DC 0.25 A/125 V DC

Inputs (binary) 4 inputs supplied internally by the device electronics (with 24 V DC) and connected to a common potential

Thermistor motor protection (binary PTC)• Summation cold resistance kΩ ≤ 1.5• Response value kΩ 3.4 ... 3.8• Return value kΩ 1.5 ... 1.65

10/8 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

10

© Siemens AG 2015

✓ Detection possible

-- Detection not possible

Current measuring modules or current/voltage measuring modules

Type 3UF71.0 3UF71.1 3UF71.2 3UF71.3 3UF71.4

Main circuitCurrent setting Ie A 0.3 ... 3 2.4 ... 25 10 ... 100 20 ... 200 63 ... 630

Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690; 3UF7103 and 3UF7104: 1 000 (at pollution degree 3)

Rated operational voltage Ue V 690

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6; 3UF7103 and 3UF7104: 8

Rated frequency Hz 50/60

Type of current Three-phase current

Short circuit Additional short-circuit protection is required in the main circuit

Accuracy of current measurement (in the range of 1 x minimum current setting Iu to 8 x max. current setting Io)

% ±3

Typical voltage measuring range• Phase-to-phase voltage/line-to-line voltage (e.g. UL1 L2) V 110 ... 690• Phase voltage (e.g. UL1 N) V 65 ... 400

Accuracy• Voltage measurement

(phase voltage UL in the range 230 ... 400 V)% ±3 (typical)

• Power factor measurement (in the rated load range p.f. = 0.4...0.8) % ±5 (typical)• Apparent power measurement (in the rated load range) % ±5 (typical)

Notes on voltage measurement• In insulated, high-resistance or asymmetrically grounded forms

of power supply system and for single-phase systemsIn these networks the current/voltage measuring module can be used only with an upstream decoupling module on the system interface.

• Supply lines for voltage measurement In the supply lines from the main circuit for voltage measurement of SIMOCODE pro it may be necessary to provide additional line protection!

Digital modules or multifunction module

Type 3UF7300, 3UF7310, 3UF7600

Control circuitRated insulation voltage Ui V 300 (at pollution degree 3)


Relay outputs• Number 2 monostable or bistable relay outputs (depending on the version)• Specified short-circuit protection for auxiliary contacts

(relay outputs)- Fuse links 6 A operational class gG; 10 A quick-response (IEC 60947-5-1) - Miniature circuit breaker 1.6 A, C characteristic (IEC 60947-5-1); 6 A, C characteristic (Ik < 500 A)

• Rated uninterrupted current A 6• Rated switching capacity

- AC-15 6 A/24 V AC 6 A/120 V AC 3 A/230 V AC- DC-13 2 A/24 V DC 0.55 A/60 V DC 0.25 A/125 V DC

Inputs (binary) 4 inputs, electrically isolated, supplied externally with 24 V DC or 110 ... 240 V AC/DC depending on the version, connected to a common potential

Ground-fault modules or multifunction modules

Type 3UF7510, 3UF7600

Control circuitConnectable residual-current transformers 3UL23

Type of current for monitoring Type A (AC and pulsating DC residual currents)

Adjustable response value 30 mA ... 40 A

Relative measurement error 7.5 %

Temperature modules or multifunction modules

Type 3UF7600, 3UF7700

Sensor circuitNumber of temperature sensors• 3UF7700 3 temperature sensors• 3UF7600 1 temperature sensor

Typical sensor circuits• PT100 mA 1 (typical)• PT1000/KTY83/KTY84/NTC mA 0.2 (typical)

Open-circuit/short-circuit detection• Sensor type PT100/PT1000 KTY83-110 KTY84 NTC

- Open circuit ✓ ✓ ✓ --- Short circuit ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓- Measuring range °C -50 ... +500 -50 ... +175 -40 ... +300 80 ... 160

Measuring accuracy at 20 °C ambient temperature (T20) K < ±2

Deviation due to ambient temperature (in % of measuring range) % 0.05 per K deviation from T20

Conversion time ms 500

Connection type Two- or three-wire connection

10/9Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data


1) More safety data, see system manual "SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules",https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/50564852.

Analog modules

Type 3UF74

Control circuitInputs• Channels 2 (passive)• Parameterizable measuring ranges mA 0/4 ... 20• Shielding Up to 30 m shield recommended, from 30 m shield required• Max. input current (destruction limit) mA 40• Accuracy % ±1• Input resistance Ω 50• Conversion time ms 150• Resolution bit 12• Open-circuit detection With measuring range 4 ... 20 mA

Outputs• Channels 1• Parameterizable output range mA 0/4 ... 20• Shielding Up to 30 m shield recommended, from 30 m shield required• Max. voltage at output V DC 30• Accuracy % ±1• Max. output load Ω 500• Conversion time ms 25• Resolution bit 12• Short-circuit proof Yes

Connection type Two-wire connection

Electrical separation of inputs/output to the device electronics

No

Fail-safe digital modules

Type 3UF7320-1AB00-0 3UF7320-1AU00-0 3UF7330-1AB00-0 3UF7330-1AU00-0

Control circuitRated control supply voltage Us V 24 DC 110 ... 240 AC/DC;

50/60 Hz24 DC 110 ... 240 AC/DC;

50/60 Hz

Power consumption 3 W 9.5 VA/4.5 W 4 W 11 VA/5.5 W

Rated insulation voltage V 300


Relay outputs• Number 2 relay enabling circuits, 2 relay outputs

Version of the fuse link For short-circuit protection of the relay enabling circuit

A 4, operational class gG

Rated uninterrupted current A 5

Rated switching capacity• AC-15 3 A/24 V AC 3 A/120 V AC 1.5 A/230 V AC• DC-13 4 A/24 V DC 0.55 A/60 V DC 0.22 A/125 V DC

Inputs (binary) 5 (with internal power supply from the device electronics)

Cable length• Between sensor/start signal and evaluation electronics m 1 500• For further digital signals m 300

Safety data1)

SIL level max. according to IEC 61508 3

Performance level PL according to EN ISO 13849-1 e

Category according to EN ISO 13849-1 4

Stop category according to EN 60204-1 0

Probability of a dangerous failure(at 40 °C) for SIL 3 applications• Per hour (PFHd) at a high demand rate

according to IEC 620611/h 4.5 x 10-9 4.6 x 10-9 4.4 x 10-9 4.4 x 10-9

• On demand (PFDavg) at a low demand rate according to IEC 61508

5.4 x 10 -6 5.5 x 10 -6 5.1 x 10 -6 5.2 x 10 -6

T1 value for proof-test interval or service life according to IEC 61508

a 20

10/10 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015



General data

10

© Siemens AG 2015


Configuration instructions when using an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling module with SIMOCODE pro V with PROFIBUS or Modbus RTU

If you want to use an operator panel with display and/or a decou-pling module in the SIMOCODE pro V system with PROFIBUS or Modbus RTU, then the following configuration instructions con-cerning the type and number of connectable expansion mod-ules must be observed.

The following tables show the maximum possible configuration of the expansion modules for the various combinations.

The DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion modules behave in this connection like digital modules for standard applications.

Use of an operator panel with display

✓ Available

-- Not available

Use of a decoupling module (voltage measurement in insulated networks)

✓ Available

-- Not available1) No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active

simultaneously (> 3 s).

Use of a decoupling module (voltage measurement in insulated networks) in combination with an operator panel with display

✓ Available

-- Not available1) No bistable relay outputs and no more than 3 of 5 relay outputs active

simultaneously (> 3 s).2) No bistable relay outputs and no more than 5 of 7 relay outputs active

simultaneously (> 3 s).3) Analog module output is not used.

Protective separation

All circuits in SIMOCODE pro are safely isolated from each other in accordance with IEC 60947-1. That is, they are designed with double creepages and clearances. In the event of a fault, there-fore, no parasitic voltages can be formed in neighboring circuits. The instructions of Test log No. 2668 must be complied with.

Types of protection EEx e and EEx d

The overload protection and the thermistor motor protection of the SIMOCODE pro system comply with the requirements for overload protection of explosion-proof motors to the type of protection:• EEx d "flameproof enclosure" e.g. according to IEC 60079-1• EEx e "increased safety" e.g. according to IEC 60079-7

When using SIMOCODE pro devices with a 24 V DC control voltage, electrical separation must be ensured using a battery or a safety transformer according to IEC 61558-2-6. EC type test certificate: BVS 06 ATEX F 001 Test log: BVS PP 05.2029 EG.

Selection data for type-tested assemblies/load feeders

For configuration tables according to type of coordination "1" or "2", see• Manual "Configuring SIRIUS",

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/40625241• Manual "Configuring SIRIUS Innovations",

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/39714188• SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS System Manual,

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/20017780• SIMOCODE pro PROFINET System Manual,


System manual

The SIMOCODE pro system manual describes the motor man-agement system and its functions in detail. It provides informa-tion on configuration, start up, servicing and maintenance. A typical example of a reversing starter application is used to teach the user quickly and practically how to use the system. In addition to help on how to identify and rectify faults in the event of a malfunction, the manual also contains special information for servicing and maintenance. For selection of equipment and for configuration, it is recommended to consult the system manual.

A detailed description of the DM-F Local and DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe expansion modules is provided in the system manual "SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules", which can be downloaded from the Internet.

Internet

More information, see www.siemens.com/simocode.

Digital module 1

Digital module 2

Analog module

Temperature module

Ground-fault module

Only operator panel with display for SIMOCODE pro V(24 V DC or 110 ... 240 V AC/DC)Max. 4 expansion modules can be usedOperator panel with display and current/voltage measurement with SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)Max. 3 expansion modules can be used or:

-- -- ✓ ✓ --

Digital module 1

Digital module 2

Analog module

Temperature module

Ground-fault module

SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC)✓1) ✓1) ✓ ✓ ✓

SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓

✓1) ✓1) ✓ ✓ --

✓ -- ✓ ✓ --

✓ -- ✓ -- ✓

Digital module 1

Digital module 2

Analog module

Temperature module

Ground-fault module

SIMOCODE pro V (24 V DC)✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓

SIMOCODE pro V (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)✓1) -- ✓ ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ -- -- --

✓2) ✓2) ✓3) -- --

✓ -- -- ✓ ✓

10/11Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015





http://www.siemens.com/simocode


Basic units



1) The connection cable to the current measuring module must be at least 30 cm.

2) When using an operator panel with display, the product version must be E09 or higher (from 05/2015).

Version DT Screw terminals PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG


SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS

3UF7000-1A.00-0

SIMOCODE pro C

PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 4854 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection, monostable relay outputs

Rated control supply voltage Us:

• 24 V DC } 3UF7000-1AB00-0 1 1 unit 42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC } 3UF7000-1AU00-0 1 1 unit 42J

3UF7020-1A.01-0

SIMOCODE pro S1)

PROFIBUS DP interface, 1.5 Mbit/s, RS 485

4 I/2 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection, monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by a multi-function module


• 24 V DC } 3UF7020-1AB01-0 1 1 unit 42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC } 3UF7020-1AU01-0 1 1 unit 42J

3UF7010-1A.00-0

SIMOCODE pro V

PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 4854 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection, monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by expan-sion modules


• 24 V DC } 3UF7010-1AB00-0 1 1 unit 42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC } 3UF7010-1AU00-0 1 1 unit 42J

SIMOCODE pro PROFINET

3UF7011-1A.00-0

SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET

ETHERNET/PROFINET IO, OPC UA server and web server, 100 Mbit/s, 2 x connection to bus through RJ45, PROFINET system redundancy, media redundancy protocol, 4 I/3 O freely assignable, input for thermistor connection, monostable relay outputs, can be expanded by expansion modules, web server in German/English/Chinese/Russian,


• 24 V DC } 3UF7011-1AB00-0 1 1 unit 42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC } 3UF7011-1AU00-0 1 1 unit 42J

SIMOCODE pro Modbus RTU

3UF7012-1A.00-0

SIMOCODE pro V Modbus RTU2)

Modbus RTU interface, 57.6 kbit/s, RS 485;4I/3O freely assignable;input for thermistor connection;monostable relay outputs;can be expanded by expansion modules


• 24 V DC } 3UF7012-1AB00-0 1 1 unit 42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC } 3UF7012-1AU00-0 1 1 unit 42J



www.siemens.com/product?3UF7000-1AB00-0

www.siemens.com/product?3UF7000-1AU00-0










Basic units

10

© Siemens AG 2015

Notes:

"SIMOCODE pro PROFIBUS" System Manual, seehttps://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/20017780.

"SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET" System Manual, seehttps://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/61896631.

Configuration manual "SIMOCODE pro Modbus RTU", seehttps://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/108681641.

SIMOCODE pro V basic unit in a hardened version via SIPLUS extreme upon request.

Version Current setting Width DT Screw terminals PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

A mmArticle No. Price

per PU

SIMOCODE pro (continued)

3UF7100-1AA00-0

Current measuring modules

• Straight-through transformers

0.3 ... 3 45 } 3UF7100-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J2.4 ... 25 45

}3UF7101-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

10 ... 100 55 } 3UF7102-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J20 ... 200 120

}3UF7103-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

• Bus connection 20 ... 200 120 } 3UF7103-1BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J63 ... 630 145

}3UF7104-1BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

3UF7110-1AA00-0

Current/voltage measuring modules for SIMOCODE pro V

Voltage measuring up to 690 VIf required in connection with a decoupling module

• Straight-through transformers

0.3 ... 3 45 } 3UF7110-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J2.4 ... 25 45

}3UF7111-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

10 ... 100 55 } 3UF7112-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J20 ... 200 120

}3UF7113-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

• Bus connection 20 ... 200 120 } 3UF7113-1BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J63 ... 630 145

}3UF7114-1BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

3UF7150-1AA00-0

Decoupling modules

For connecting upstream from a current/voltage measuring module on the system interface when using voltage detection in insulated, high-resistance or asymmetrically grounded systems and in single-phase systems

A 3UF7150-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

3UF7200-1AA00-0

3UF7200-1AA01-0

Operator panels

Installation in control cabinet door or front plate, for plugging into all SIMOCODE pro basic units, 10 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable buttons for controlling the motor

• Light gray } 3UF7200-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

• Titanium gray } 3UF7200-1AA01-0 1 1 unit 42J

3UF7210-1.A00-0

Operator panel with display for SIMOCODE pro V

Installation in control cabinet door or front plate, for plugging into SIMOCODE pro V and SIMOCODE pro V PN, 7 LEDs for status indication and user-assignable buttons for controlling the motor, multilingual display, e.g. for indication of measured values, status information or fault messages

English/German/French/Spanish/Portuguese/Italian/Polish/Finnish

} 3UF7210-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

English/Chinese/Russian } 3UF7210-1BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J


www.siemens.com/product?3UF7100-1AA00-0




www.siemens.com/product?3UF7103-1BA00-0

















Expansion modules



1) Possible with pro V basic unit from product version E10 or pro V PN basic unit from product version E04, operator panel with display from product version E07.


SET, M)

PS* PG


Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V With SIMOCODE pro V, it is possible to expand the type and number of inputs and outputs in steps. Each expansion module has two system interfaces on the front. Through the one system interface the expansion module is connected to the system interface of the SIMOCODE pro V using a con-nection cable; through the second system interface, further expansion modules or the operator panel can be con-nected. The power supply for the expansion modules is provided by the connection cable through the basic unit.

Note:

Please order connection cable separately, see page 10/17.

3UF7300-1AU00-0

Digital modules

Up to two digital modules can be used to add additional binary inputs and relay outputs to the basic unit. The input circuits of the digital modules are supplied from an external power supply.

4 binary inputs and 2 relay outputs, up to 2 digital modules can be connected

Relay outputs Input voltage

Monostable 24 V DC } 3UF7300-1AB00-0 1 1 unit 42J

110 ... 240 V AC/DC } 3UF7300-1AU00-0 1 1 unit 42J

Bistable 24 V DC } 3UF7310-1AB00-0 1 1 unit 42J

110 ... 240 V AC/DC } 3UF7310-1AU00-0 1 1 unit 42J

3UF7400-1AA00-0

Analog modules

Basic unit can be optionally expanded with analog inputs and outputs (0/4 ... 20 mA) by means of the analog module.

2 inputs (passive) for input and 1 output for output of0/4 ... 20 mA signals, max. 1 analog module can be con-nected per pro V basic unit and max. 2 analog modules per pro V PN basic unit.

} 3UF7400-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

3UF7510-1AA00-0

Ground-fault modules1)

Ground-fault monitoring using 3UL23 residual-current transformers and ground-fault modules is used in cases where precise detection of the ground-fault current is required or power systems with high impedance are grounded.

With the ground-fault module, it is possible to determine the precise fault current as a measured value, and to define freely selectable warning and trip limits in a wide range from 30 mA ... 40 A.

1 input for connecting a 3UL23 residual-current trans-former, up to 1 ground-fault module can be connected.

Note:

For corresponding residual-current transformers, see Catalog IC 10, Chapter "Monitoring and Control Devices".

} 3UF7510-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

3UF7700-1AA00-0

Temperature modules

Independently of the thermistor motor protection of the basic units, up to 3 analog temperature sensors can be evaluated using a temperature module.

Sensor types: PT100/PT1000, KTY83/KTY84 or NTC

3 inputs for connecting up to 3 analog temperature sen-sors, up to 1 temperature module can be connected per pro V basic unit and max. 2 temperature modules per pro V PN basic unit.

} 3UF7700-1AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J











Expansion modules

10

© Siemens AG 2015



SET, M)

PS* PG


Expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro S With SIMOCODE pro S, it is possible to expand the type and number of inputs and outputs. The expansion module has two system interfaces on the front. Through the one system interface the expansion module is connected to the system interface of the SIMOCODE pro S using a connec-tion cable; through the second system interface, the opera-tor panel can be connected. The power supply for the expansion module is provided by the connection cable through the basic unit.

Note:


3UF7600-1AU01-0

Multifunction modules

The multifunction module is the expansion module of the SIMOCODE pro S device series with the following func-tions:

• Digital module function with four digital inputs and two monostable relay outputs

• Ground-fault module function with an input for the connection of a 3UL23 residual-current transformer with freely selectable warning and trip limits in a wide zone of 30 mA ... 40 A

• Temperature module function with an input for connecting an analog temperature sensor PT100, PT1000, KTY83, KTY84, or NTC

Max. 1 multifunction module can be connected per pro S basic unit

Input voltage of the digital inputs:

• 24 V DC } 3UF7600-1AB01-0 1 1 unit 42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC } 3UF7600-1AU01-0 1 1 unit 42J





Fail-safe expansion modules



1) Possible with SIMOCODE pro V basic unit, product version E07 and higher (from 05/2011) or SIMOCODE pro V PN basic unit.

2) Cannot be used in conjunction with SIMOCODE pro V for Modbus RTU communication

Note:

"SIMOCODE pro Safety Fail-Safe Digital Modules" System Manual, seehttps://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/50564852.


SET, M)

PS* PG


Fail-safe expansion modules for SIMOCODE pro V Thanks to the fail-safe expansion modules, SIMOCODE pro V can be expanded with the function of a safety relay for the fail-safe disconnection of motors. A maximum of 1 fail-safe digital module can be connected; it can be used instead of a digital module.

The fail-safe expansion modules are equipped likewise with two system interfaces at the front for making the connection to other system components. Unlike other expansion mod-ules, power is supplied to the modules through a separate terminal connection.

Note:


3UF7320-1AB00-0

DM-F Local fail-safe digital modules1)

For fail-safe disconnection using a hardware signal

2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching; 2 relay outputs, common potential disconnected fail-safe; inputs for sensor circuit, start signal, cascading and feedback circuit, safety function adjustable using DIP switchesRated control supply voltage Us:

• 24 V DC } 3UF7320-1AB00-0 1 1 unit 42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC } 3UF7320-1AU00-0 1 1 unit 42J

3UF7330-1AB00-0

DM-F PROFIsafe fail-safe digital modules1)2)

For fail-safe disconnection using PROFIBUS/PROFIsafe or PROFINET/PROFIsafe

2 relay enabling circuits, joint switching; 2 relay outputs, common potential disconnected fail-safe; 1 input for feedback circuit; 3 binary standard inputs Rated control supply voltage Us:

• 24 V DC } 3UF7330-1AB00-0 1 1 unit 42J

• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC } 3UF7330-1AU00-0 1 1 unit 42J









Accessories

10

© Siemens AG 2015



PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Connection cables (essential accessory)

3UF7932-0AA00-0

Connection cables

In different lengths for connecting basic unit, current measuring module, current/voltage measuring module, operator panel or expansion modules or decoupling module

Version Length

Flat 0.025 m } 3UF7930-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42JFlat 0.1 m } 3UF7931-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42JFlat 0.3 m } 3UF7935-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42JFlat 0.5 m } 3UF7932-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

Round 0.5 m } 3UF7932-0BA00-0 1 1 unit 42JRound 1.0 m } 3UF7937-0BA00-0 1 1 unit 42JRound 2.5 m } 3UF7933-0BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

PC cables and adapters

3UF7941-0AA00-0

USB PC cables

For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG, for communication with SIMOCODE pro through the system interface

} 3UF7941-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

USB/serial adapters

To connect an RS 232 PC cable to to the USB interface of a PC, recommended for use in conjunctionwith SIMOCODE pro 3UF7

B 3UF7946-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

Memory modulesThis enables transmission to a new system, e.g. when a device is replaced, without the need for additional aids or detailed knowledge of the device.

3UF7900-0AA00-0

Memory module for SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro S and SIMOCODE pro V

For saving the complete parameterization of a SIMOCODE pro C, SIMOCODE pro S or SIMOCODE pro V system

} 3UF7900-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

Memory module for SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET

For saving the complete parameterization of a SIMOCODE pro V PROFINET system

} 3UF7901-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

Interface covers

3UF7950-0AA00-0

Interface covers

For system interface

• Light gray } 3UF7950-0AA00-0 1 5 units 42J

• Titanium gray A 3RA6936-0B 1 5 units 42F

Addressing plugs

3UF7910-0AA00-0

Addressing plugs

For assigning the PROFIBUS or Modbus RTU address without using a PC/PG to SIMOCODE pro through the system interface

} 3UF7910-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

















Accessories



PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Accessories for motor control centerWith the draw-out technology often used in motor control centers it is possible to integrate a SIMOCODE pro initial-ization module in the switchboard on a permanent basis. Feeder-related parameter and address data can then be permanently assigned to this feeder.

3UF7902-0AA00-0

Initialization module

for automatic parameterization of:• pro V basic unit, product version E09 or higher (11/2012)• pro S basic unit• pro V PROFINET basic unit• pro V Modbus RTU basic unit

} 3UF7902-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

Y connection cable1)

For use in conjunction with the initialization module; connects the basic unit, current measuring module or cur-rent/voltage measuring module, and initialization module

System interface length Open cable end

0.1 m 1.0 m } 3UF7931-0CA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

0.5 m 1.0 m } 3UF7932-0CA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

1.0 m 1.0 m } 3UF7937-0CA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

Bus connection terminals

3UF7960-0AA00-0

Bus connection terminal For shield support and strain relief of the PROFIBUS cable on a SIMOCODE pro S

} 3UF7960-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

Door adapters

3UF7920-0AA00-0

Door adapters

For external connection of the system interface, e.g. outside a control cabinet

} 3UF7920-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

Adapters for operator panel

3UF7922-0AA00-0

Adapters for operator panel

The adapter enables the smaller 3UF7200 operator panel from SIMOCODE pro to be used in a front panel cutout in which previously, e.g. after a change of system, a larger 3UF52 operator panel from SIMOCODE-DP had been used, degree of protection IP54

} 3UF7922-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

Labeling strips Labeling strips

3UF7925-0AA02-0

• For pushbuttons of the 3UF720 operator panel } 3UF7925-0AA00-0 100 400 units 42J

• For pushbuttons of the 3UF721 operator panel with display

} 3UF7925-0AA01-0 100 600 units 42J

• For LEDs of the 3UF720 operator panel } 3UF7925-0AA02-0 100 1 200 units 42J

Push-in lugs

3RV2928-0B

Push-in lugs for screw fixing

E.g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device

• Can be used for 3UF71.0, 3UF71.1 and 3UF71.2 A 3RV2928-0B 100 10 units 41E

• Can be used for 3UF700, 3UF701, 3UF73, 3UF74, 3UF75 and 3UF77

B 3RP1903 1 10 units 41H

• Can be used for 3UF7020, 3UF7600 A 3ZY1311-0AA00 1 10 units 41L




www.siemens.com/product?3UF7931-0CA00-0









www.siemens.com/product?3RV2928-0B

www.siemens.com/product?3RP1903

www.siemens.com/product?3ZY1311-0AA00


Accessories

10

© Siemens AG 2015


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Terminal covers

3RT1956-4EA1

3RT1956-4EA2

Covers for cable lugs and busbar connections

• Length 100 mm, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0 } 3RT1956-4EA1 1 1 unit 41B


Covers for box terminals



Covers for screw terminals

Between contactor and current measuring module or current/voltage measuring module for direct mounting

• Can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0 } 3RT1956-4EA3 1 1 unit 41B

• Can be used for 3UF71.4-1BA00-0 } 3RT1966-4EA3 1 1 unit 41B

Box terminal blocks

3RT195.-4G

Box terminal blocks

For round and ribbon cables

• Up to 70 mm2, can be used for 3UF71.3-1BA00-0 } 3RT1955-4G 1 1 unit 41B



Bus termination modules

3UF1900-1KA00

Bus termination modules

With separate control supply voltage for bus termination following the last unit on the bus line

Supply voltage:

• 115/230 V AC C 3UF1900-1KA00 1 1 unit 42J

• 24 V DC C 3UF1900-1KB00 1 1 unit 42J

Software

3ZS1322-.C.11-0Y.5

SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal)

Software for configuring, commissioning, operating and diagnosing SIMOCODE pro based on the TIA Portal,see Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization"

3ZS1312-.C.10-0Y.5

SIMOCODE ES

Software for configuring, commissioning, operating and diagnosing SIMOCODE pro in Version 2007,see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization" or the Industry Mall.

3ZS1632-.XX02-0Y.0

SIMOCODE pro block library for SIMATIC PCS 7

Using PCS 7 block libraries, it is easy and convenient to integrate SIMOCODE pro into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 14 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization" or the Industry Mall.


www.siemens.com/product?3RT1956-4EA1






www.siemens.com/product?3RT1955-4G



www.siemens.com/product?3UF1900-1KA00

www.siemens.com/product?3UF1900-1KB00

RelaysCoupling Relays and Signal Converters / Interface Converters

SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters


■ Overview

3RS70 signal converters

Signal converters perform the coupling function for analog signals on both the input side and the output side. They are indispensable when processing analog values with electronic controls. Under harsh industrial conditions in particular, it is often necessary to transmit analog signals over long distances. Elec-trical separation is then needed as a result of the different power supplies. The resistance of the wiring causes potential differen-ces and losses which must be prevented.

Electromagnetic disturbance and overvoltages can affect the signals on the input side in particular or even destroy the analog modules. All terminals of the 3RS70 signal converters are safe up to a voltage of 30 V DC and protected against reverse pola-rity. Short-circuit protection is an important function for the out-puts above all.

The devices are EMC-tested according to• IEC 61000-6-4 (generic standard for emitted interference)• IEC 61000-6-2 (generic standard for interference immunity)

The analog signals comply with • IEC 60381-1/2.

Note:

For the conversion tool, e.g. from 3RS17 to 3RS70, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool.

Article No. scheme

Note:


For your order please use the Article No. indicated in the catalog under the selection and ordering data.

■ Benefits

• Narrow design• Easy-to-set universal converters• Converters with frequency output• All ranges are fully calibrated

• Universal family of devices – the perfect solution for every application

• Integrated manual-automatic switch with a setpoint generator• Outputs are short-circuit-proof• Up to 30 V – protected against damage caused by wiring

errors

■ Application

Signal converters are used in analog signal processing for• Electrical separation• Conversion of normalized and non-normalized signals• Amplification and impedance adaptation• Conversion to a frequency for processing by a digital input• Overvoltage and EMC protection• Short-circuit protection of the outputs

Digit of the Article no. 1st - 5th@@@@@

6th@

7th@ –

8th@

9th@

10th@

11th0

12th0

Signal converters 3RS70

Type of input signal @ @

Connection methods @

Type of output signal @

Design of the power supply @

Example 3RS70 0 0 – 1 A E 0 0

10/20 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015




10

© Siemens AG 2015

3RS7025 manual/automatic transformer

For special applications in which analog signals have to be simulated, or during plant commissioning when the actual process value is not yet available, the 3RS7025 devices feature an adjustable potentiometer for manual setpoint selection and a manual/automatic switch.

The potentiometer for the 3RS7025 devices is used to simulate analog output signals when the changeover switch is set to "Manual" and the control supply voltage is applied, without the need for an analog input signal, and the scale ranges from 0 % to 100 %.

Example: When it is set for an output of 4 mA to 20 mA, the 0 % scale value on the potentiometer represents an output current of 4 mA and the 100 % scale value represents an output current of 20 mA. In the "Auto" switch position, the output signal follows the input signal proportionally regardless of the potentiometer set-ting.

3RS70 signal converter, application example: Analog signal processing


Single-range converters, active/passive

IC01_00425a

Sensor/analog value generator

3RS70 converter Electronic control

OutputInput

3RS70 converter Actuator with analog input

0 ... 10 V0/4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V0/4 ... 20 mA0 ... 10 kHz

0 ... 10 V0/4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V0/4 ... 20 mA

Type 3RS7000-.AE00 3RS7000-.CE00,3RS7000-.DE00

3RS7002-.AE00,3RS7003-.AE00

3RS7002-.CE00,3RS7002-.DE00,3RS7003-.CE00,3RS7003-.DE00

3RS7020-.ET00

General data

Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 6.2 × 73 × 93 6.2 × 71 × 93

Ambient temperature • During operation °C -25 ... +60• During storage °C -40 ... +85

Relative humidity during operation % 10 ... 90

Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III according to IEC 60664 for pollution degree 3 rated value

V 50

Active power input W 0.29 --

Degree of protection IP20


Screw terminals

• Solid mm² 1x (0.25 ... 2.5)• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm² 1x (0.25 ... 1.5)• AWG cables AWG 1x (20 ... 14)


• Solid mm² 1x (0.25 ... 2.5)• Finely stranded without end sleeve mm² 1x (0.25 ... 2.5)• Finely stranded with end sleeve mm² 1x (0.25 ... 1.5)• AWG cables AWG 1x (20 ... 14)

Inputs

Input voltage • maximum V 30• typical V 24

Input impedance • of current input Ω -- 100• of voltage input kΩ 330 --

Outputs

Load • maximum at current output Ω 500 1000• maximum at voltage output kΩ 2 -- 2 --

Relative measuring accuracy % 0.1

Overvoltage strength maximum at current output

V 30

Short-circuit proof Yes

W

H

D

10/21Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015




Multi-range converters, active

Type 3RS7005-.FE00 3RS7005-.KE00 3RS7005-.FW00 3RS7005-.KW00 3RS7025-.FE00,3RS7025-.FW00

General data

Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 6.2 × 73 × 93 17.5 × 73 × 93 17.5 × 75 × 93




V 50 300

Active power input W 0.29 0.5 0.34 0.5



Screw terminals




Inputs


Input impedance • of current input Ω 100• of voltage input kW 330

Outputs

Load • maximum at voltage output kΩ 2 -- 2 -- 2• maximum at current output Ω 500 -- 500 -- 500



V 30


W

H

D

10/22 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015



10

© Siemens AG 2015

Universal converters, active

Type 3RS7006-.F.00

General data

Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 17.5 × 73 × 93




V 300

Active power input W 0.5



Screw terminals




Inputs


Input impedance • of current input Ω 100• of voltage input kΩ 330

Outputs

Load • maximum at voltage output kΩ 2• maximum at current output Ω 500



V 30


W

H

D

10/23Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015




Schematics

3RS7000-.AE00

3RS7000-.CE00, 3RS7000-.DE00

3RS7002-.AE00, 3RS7003-.AE00

3RS7002-.CE00, 3RS7002-.DE00, 3RS7003-.CE00, 3RS7003-.DE00

3RS7005-.FE00, 3RS7005-.FW00, 3RS7006-.FE00. 3RS7006-.FW00

3RS7005-.KE00, 3RS7005-.KW00

3RS7020-.ET00

3RS7025-.FE00., 3RS7025-.FW00

I-

I+

O-

O+

A1 A2

IC01_00439

I-

I+

O-

O+

A1 A2

IC01_00437

I-

I+

O-

O+

A1 A2

IC01_00433

A1

O-I-

O+I+

A2

IC01_00432

I-

I+

O-

O+

A1 A2

IC01_00435

I-

I+

O-

O+

A1 A2

IC01_00434

I- O-

I-

I+

O-

O+

IC01_00438

I-

I+

O-

O+

A1 A2

HA0

IC01_00436

10/24 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015



10

© Siemens AG 2015


PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1PS* = 1 unitPG = 41 H

3RS7000-1AE00 3RS7000-2AE00

Signal type Supply voltage Width DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals

At the input At the output


Article No. Priceper PUmm

Single-range converters, passive, 2-way separation4 ... 20 mA 4 ... 20 mA -- 6.2 A 3RS7020-1ET00 A 3RS7020-2ET00

Single-range converters, active, 3-way separation0 ... 10 V 0 ... 10 V 24 V AC/DC 6.2 A 3RS7000-1AE00 A 3RS7000-2AE00

0 ... 20 mA 24 V AC/DC 6.2 A 3RS7002-1AE00 A 3RS7002-2AE00

4 ... 20 mA 24 V AC/DC 6.2 A 3RS7003-1AE00 A 3RS7003-2AE00

0 ... 10 V 0 ... 20 mA 24 V AC/DC 6.2 A 3RS7000-1CE00 A 3RS7000-2CE00

0 ... 20 mA 24 V AC/DC 6.2 A 3RS7002-1CE00 A 3RS7002-2CE00

4 ... 20 mA 24 V AC/DC 6.2 A 3RS7003-1CE00 A 3RS7003-2CE00

0 ... 10 V 4 ... 20 mA 24 V AC/DC 6.2 A 3RS7000-1DE00 A 3RS7000-2DE00

0 ... 20 mA 24 V AC/DC 6.2 A 3RS7002-1DE00 A 3RS7002-2DE00

4 ... 20 mA 24 V AC/DC 6.2 A 3RS7003-1DE00 A 3RS7003-2DE00

Switchable multi-range converters, active0 ... 10 V0 ... 20 mA4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V0 ... 20 mA4 ... 20 mA

24 V AC/DC 6.2 A 3RS7005-1FE00 A 3RS7005-2FE00

24 ... 240 V AC/DC 17.5 A 3RS7005-1FW00 A 3RS7005-2FW00

0 ... 50 Hz0 ... 100 Hz0 ... 1 kHz0 ... 10 kHz

24 V AC/DC 6.2 A 3RS7005-1KE00 A 3RS7005-2KE00

24 ... 240 V AC/DC 17.5 A 3RS7005-1KW00 A 3RS7005-2KW00

Switchable multi-range converters, active, with manual/automatic switch and setting potentiometer as manual analog signal transmitter0 ... 10 V0 ... 20 mA4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V0 ... 20 mA4 ... 20 mA



Switchable universal converters, active, with 16 input ranges and 3 output ranges0 ... 60 mV0 ... 100 mV0 ... 300 mV0 ... 500 mV0 ... 1 V0 ... 2 V0 ... 5 V0 ... 10 V2 ... 10 V0 ... 20 V0 ... 5 mA0 ... 10 mA-5 ... +5 mA-20 ... +20 mA0 ... 20 mA4 ... 20 mA

0 ... 10 V0 ... 20 mA4 ... 20 mA




www.siemens.com/product?3RS7020-1ET00

www.siemens.com/product?3RS7020-2ET00

www.siemens.com/product?3RS7000-1AE00






www.siemens.com/product?3RS7000-1CE00






www.siemens.com/product?3RS7000-1DE00






www.siemens.com/product?3RS7005-1FE00


www.siemens.com/product?3RS7005-1FW00


www.siemens.com/product?3RS7005-1KE00

www.siemens.com/product?3RS7005-2KE00

www.siemens.com/product?3RS7005-1KW00

www.siemens.com/product?3RS7005-2KW00












■ Accessories


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG


3RQ3900-0A


For electrical separation of different potentials when devices of different types are installed side by side

A 3RQ3900-0A 1 10 units 41H

Connecting combs

3RQ3901-0B

Connecting combs

For linking the same potentials, current carrying capacity for infeed max. 6 A

• 2-pole A 3RQ3901-0A 1 10 units 41H

• 4-pole A 3RQ3901-0B 1 10 units 41H

• 8-pole A 3RQ3901-0C 1 10 units 41H

• 16-pole A 3RQ3901-0D 1 10 units 41H

Clip-on labelsClip-on labels

For terminal marking and equipment labeling, white

• 5 x 5 mm A 3RQ3902-0A 100 2 000 units 41H


3RA2908-1A


Screwdrivers For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx. 200 mm, titanium gray/black, partially insulated

A 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B



www.siemens.com/product3RQ3900-0A



www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3901-0C

www.siemens.com/product?3RQ3901-0D


http://www.siemens.com/product?3RA2908-1A



10

© Siemens AG 2015


Active signal converters

Active signal converters provide maximum flexibility for the application by the use of an external supply voltage. Configura-tion with active signal converters is extremely easy because input and output resistances and voltage drops are compen-sated by the auxiliary supply. They support electrical separation as well as conversion from one signal type to another or reinforcement. The load of the measured value transmitter is negligible.

Passive signal converters

Passive signal converters do not require an external supply voltage. This advantage can only be used by current signals that are converted 1:1. Reinforcement or conversion is not possible. The converters are used for complete electrical separation of current signals and to protect the inputs and outputs. Passive signal converters do not operate reaction-free, i.e. any load on the output produces an equal load on the input signal. When the passive converter is to be used, the output power of the sensor and the input resistance of the analog input must be analyzed.

Calculation guide for passive converters

Important: Please note the following when using passive signal converters:

The current-driving voltage of the measuring transducer UE must be sufficient to drive the maximum current of 20 mA over the passive separators with a voltage loss of UV = 2.8 V and the load RB.

This means that

UB ≥ UE = 2.8 V + 20 mA x RB

Distribution of the voltages in the case of passive signal converters

The following figure shows the input voltage UE as a function of the load RB taking into account the voltage loss UV. If the load is known, the y-axis shows the minimum voltage that has to be sup-plied by the current source in order to drive the maximum current of 20 mA over the passive signal converter and load.

Input voltage depending on the load at Ia = 20 mA

Load rating of the outputs

A maximum output load is specified for current signals. This resistance value specifies how large the input resistance of the next device connected in series can be as a result of the power of the converter.

For voltage signals, the maximum current that can be drawn from the output is the decisive factor.

3-way separation

For the 3-way separation, each circuit is electrically separated from the other circuits, i.e. input, output, and control supply voltage do not have equipotential bonding.

3-way separation NSB0_01312b

UB

UE RB

UV = 2,8 V

NSB0_01313b

RB/ΩUA/ V12 201684 62

600 1 000400200 300100 800

UE/ V

2022,8

0

1510

50

2,8

OUTIN

3-way isolation

NSB0_01343b

Vcc

10/27Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


Notes


10/28 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


11

11

Price groups

PG 41B, 41L, 42B, 42C, 42J

11/2 Introduction

Safety relaysSIRIUS 3SK safety relays

11/3 General dataBasic units

11/13 - SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units11/14 - SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units11/15 - SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units

Expansion units11/16 - Output expansions11/18 - Input expansions11/19 Accessories

Note:Conversion tool, e.g. from 3TK28 to 3SK, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

Safety Technology

© Siemens AG 2015



3RA1943-2C3RA1943-2B3RA1953-2B3RA1953-2N

Article-No.



11/2 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Safety Technology

Introduction

11 Connection methods

The safety relays are available with screw or spring-type terminals.

Push-in connection method

Push-in connections are a form of spring-type terminals allowing fast wiring without tools for rigid conductors or conductors equipped with end sleeves.

As with other spring-type terminals, a screwdriver (with 3.0 x 0.5 mm blade) is required to disconnect the conductor. The same tool can also be used to wire finely-stranded or stranded conductors with no end finishing.

The advantages of the push-in terminals are found, as with all spring-type terminals, in speed of assembly and disassembly and vibration-proof connection. There is no need for the checking and tightening required with screw terminals.

Article No. Page

SIRIUS Safety Integrated

3SK111.

3SK112.

3SK safety relays

• Key modules of a consistent and cost-effective safety chain

• Can be used for all safety applications thanks to compliance with the highest safety requirements (PL e according to EN ISO 13849-1 or SIL 3 according to IEC 61508)

• Suitable for use all over the world through compliance with all globally established certifications

SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units

• Simple, compact devices for all important requirements for monitoring safety sensors and actuators

3SK111 11/13

SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units

• Multifunctional series of safety relays with safe relay outputs, semiconductor outputs or time-delayed outputs for:

- EMERGENCY-STOP monitoring

- Protective door monitoring

- Monitoring of non-floating sensors such as light arrays, laser scanners, etc.

- Monitoring of two-hand operation consoles

- Monitoring of equivalent (NC/NC) and antivalent (NO/NC) sensors

• Setting by means of DIP switch

3SK112 11/14

3SK2

SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units

• Series of safety relays that can be parameterized by software, featuring semiconductor outputs and independent enabling circuits for:

- EMERGENCY-STOP monitoring

- Protective door monitoring

- Protective door monitoring with tumbler

- Monitoring of non-floating sensors such as light arrays, laser scanners, etc.

- Monitoring of two-hand operation consoles

- Monitoring of equivalent (NC/NC) and antivalent (NO/NC) sensors

- Muting

3SK2 11/15

3SK121.

Expansion units

• Output expansions 3RO and 4RO for SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units, SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units and SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units

• Input expansion for SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units

• Power supply for SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units

• Integration of 3RM1 motor starters possible and simple integration of a main circuit component in a system configuration of the safety relays. There is no need for complex wiring between the safety evaluation unit and the actuator.

• Expansion of the Standard device series by means of wiring

• Expansion of the SIRIUS 3SK1 and SIRIUS 3SK2 Advanced device series by means of wiring or without wiring outlay by means of 3ZY12 device connectors

3SK121,3SK122,3SK123

11/16,11/18

Screw terminals



© Siemens AG 2015

Safety RelaysSIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays

General data

11

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

SIRIUS 3SK safety relays

SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are the key elements of a consistent, cost-effective safety chain. Whether you need EMERGENCY-STOP functionality, protective door monitoring, light arrays, laser scanners or the protection of presses or punches – slimline SIRIUS safety relays enable all safety applications to be imple-mented in the best possible way in terms of engineering and price.

The following safety-related functions are available:• Monitoring the safety functions of sensors• Monitoring the sensor leads• Monitoring the correct device function of the safety relay• Monitoring the actuators in the shutdown circuit• Safety-related disconnection when dangers arise

SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are approved for applications up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508/IEC 62061) or PL e (EN ISO 13849-1).

Device series

SIRIUS 3SK safety relays stand out on account of their flexibility in both parameterization and system configurations with several evaluation units. Optimized solutions when selecting compo-nents are facilitated by a clearly structured component range:• 3SK1 Standard basic units• 3SK1 Advanced basic units• 3SK2 basic units• 3SK output expansions• 3SK1 input expansions• Accessories

3SK1 Standard basic units

The 3SK1 Standard basic units are characterized by the following features:• Compact design• Simple operation• Relay and semiconductor outputs• Economical solution

3SK1 Advanced basic units

However, 3SK1 Advanced basic units also offer the following:• Universal application opportunities thanks to multifunctionality• Time-delayed outputs• Expansion of inputs and outputs

3SK2 basic units

In addition, 3SK2 basic units offer:• Up to six fail-safe trip functions• Flexible application thanks to software parameterization • Powerful semiconductor outputs• Convenient diagnostics using diagnostics display and

configuration software

In the case of 3SK1 Advanced basic units/3SK2 basic units, the 3ZY12 device connector allows safety functions involving several sensors and actuators to be set up very quickly.

System configuration example

3SK1 Standard and Advanced and 3SK2 devices are high-quality replacements for 3TK28 safety relays. In their narrow design, and equipped with greater functionality, they can replace any 3TK28 device. The only exceptions to this are 3TK2810 devices.

Note:

For converting from 3TK28 to 3SK, see conversion tool http://www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool.

67

2 22

1

3

45

6

7

2

1

3

4

5

Standard mounting rail

Device connector

SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starter

SIRIUS 3SK1211 output expansion

SIRIUS 3SK1121 Advanced basic unit

SIRIUS 3SK1220 sensor expansion

Device terminating connector

IC01_00336a

11/3Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015



General data


Overview of functions of the 3SK series

Available

-- Not available

1) 24 V basic units only.2) 24 V AC/DC.3) Possible using 3SK1230 power supply via device connector.4) Up to 4 independent safe outputs, two of which via device connector.5) Up to 6 independent safe outputs, two of which via device connector.

Type 3SK1 Standard basic units 3SK1 Advanced basic units 3SK2 basic units

22.5 mm 45 mm

Safe relay outputs Safe electronic outputs

Safe relay outputs Safe electronic outputs

Safe electronic outputs

Safe electronic outputs

Sensors

• Mechanical • Single-ended 1) • Antivalent -- -- • Expandable -- by means of

cascading -- --

Inputs

• Freely parameterizable -- -- -- -- 10 single-channel, 5 two-channel

20 single-channel,10 two-channel

Parameter

• Start (auto/monitored) A large number of functions can be adjusted via software parameterization for each input/output.

• Sensor connection, 2 x 1-channel/1 x 2-channel

Using wiring

• Crossover monitoring Using wiring • Start test ON/OFF -- • Monitoring of two-hand

operator panels acc. to EN 574

-- --

• Safety shutdown/pressure-sensitive mat

-- --

Safe outputs

• Instantaneous Parameterizable Parameterizable• Time-delayed -- -- Parameterizable Parameterizable• Can be expanded using

safe relay outputs Using wiring Using wiring

• independent -- -- -- -- 4) 5)

• Device connectors -- --

Options

• External memory module -- -- -- -- -- • Display on device -- -- -- -- -- • External diagnostic tool can

be connected-- -- -- --

Rated control supply voltage

• 24 V DC 2) • 115 … 240 V AC/DC -- 3) 3) -- --

11/4 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

11

© Siemens AG 2015

Parameter assignment

3SK112 and 3SK1112 with DIP switches

The 3SK112 and 3SK1112 safety relays are configurable safety relays. They are used as evaluation units for typical safety chains (detect, evaluate, respond). A number of functions can be set using the DIP switches on the front. Thus the 3SK112 and 3SK1112 can be used universally.

3SK2 with software

3SK2 safety relays are configured using the SIRIUS Safety ES software. This means that the response of a 3SK2 unit, as well as the function of the individual safe outputs, can be parameterized easily and conveniently in the logic diagram. In addition, the configuration can be printed out for documentation purposes. The software also supports the user during commissioning and troubleshooting by means of online diagnostics and the option of "forcing" signals in the logic plan. Through this, 3SK2 safety relays are able to offer maximum flexibility and universal applica-tion options.

Note:

For SIRIUS Safety ES, see Chapter 14 "Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS".

Innovative enclosure concept for SIRIUS 3SK safety relays

DIP switch No.

OFF ON Circuit diagram

1 Autostart sensor input

Monitored start sensor input

2 without crossover monitoring

With crossover monitoring

3 2 x single-channel sensor connection

1 x 2-channel sensor connection

4 with start test without start test

ON

1234

IC01

_001

96

8

7 7

11

9

4

5

3

6

2

1

1

2

1

2

10

11

10

3

8

9

7

5

6

4Connecting terminals

Labeled cover caps

DIP switches

SET/RESET button

Sealable coverLED status display

Data matrix code

Width

Device interface Memory module

Device Display

IC01_00431

11/5Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data


Can be expanded by adding the 3RM1 motor starter

With previous safety relay and motor feeder configurations, a huge amount of wiring was required to monitor motor feeders in safety applications.

Conventional system configuration

Through the integration of SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters into the SIRIUS 3SK safety relay system family, this wiring has been min-imized for the first time.

Motors up to 3 kW can be easily integrated into the safety relay system using SIRIUS 3ZY12 device connectors, without addi-tional wiring between the evaluation unit and the motor starter.

3SK1 and 3RM1 system design

Article No. scheme

3SK1

3SK2

Note:

The article No. scheme is presented here merely for information purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers.


Motor

Motor starters

Safety relays

IC01

_001

77

Motor

3RM1 motor starter3SK1 safety relay

IC01

_001

78

Digit of the Article No. 1st - 3rd@@@

4th @

5th@

6th@

7th@ –

8th@

9thA

10th@

11th@

12th@

Safety relays 3SK

Generation @

Device version @

Device series @

Type of outputs @

Connection type @

Rated control supply voltage @

Type of rated control supply voltage @

Time delay @

Example 3SK 1 1 2 1 – 1 A B 4 0

Digit of the Article No. 1st - 3rd@@@

4th @

5th@

6th@

7th@ –

8th@

9thA

10thA

11th1

12th0

Safety relays 3SK

Generation @

Device version @

Device variant or quantity structure @

Type of outputs @

Type of connection @

Example 3SK 2 1 1 2 – 1 A A 1 0

11/6 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

11

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Benefits

General• Approved for all safety applications because of its compliance

with the highest safety requirements (SIL 3 and PL e)• Universally usable thanks to adjustable parameters• Usable worldwide thanks to globally valid certificates• Compact SIRIUS design• Device connectors with standard rail mounting for flexible

connectability and expandability• Removable terminals for greater plant availability• Yellow terminal covers clearly identify the device as a safety

component• Sensor cable length up to 2000 m allows it to be used in plants

covering large areas

Relay outputs• Different voltages can be switched through the floating

contacts• Currents up to 5 A can be switched with relay contacts with

AC-15/DC-13

Solid-state outputs• Wear-free• Suitable for operation in fast switching applications• Insensitive to vibrations and dirt• Good electrical endurance

Power outputs (3SK1213 output expansion)• Different voltages can be switched through the floating

contacts• The power relay contacts allow currents of up to

10 A AC-15/DC-13 to be connected• Long mechanical and electrical endurance• Protective separation among the safe outputs and between

safe outputs and electronics

Can be expanded by adding the 3RM1 motor starter

SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are ideal for combining with SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters.

Combinations are made by means of• SIRIUS 3ZY1 device connectors (in combination with 3SK1

Advanced/3SK2) or• Conventional wiring (for all 3SK1 und 3SK2 basic devices).

This makes collective shutdown very easy in assemblies. The wiring, and ultimately the shutting down of the control supply voltage for the expansion components in EMERGENCY-STOP situations, is performed via the device connector. There is no fur-ther need for complex looping of the connecting cables between the safety relay and the motor starters.

The 3RM1 motor starter combines the benefits of semiconductor technology and relay technology. This combination is also known as hybrid technology.

The hybrid technology in the motor starter is characterized by the following features:• The inrush current in the case of motorized loads is routed

briefly via the semiconductors. Advantages include protection of the relay contacts and a long service life due to low wear.

• The uninterrupted current is conducted via relay contacts. Advantages include lower heat losses compared with the semiconductor.

• Shutdown is implemented again via the semiconductor. The contacts are only slightly exposed to arcs, and this results in a longer service life.

• Integrated overload protection

Note:

For SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters, see Catalog IC 10, chapter 8, "Load Feeders and Motor Starters for Use in Switchgear Cabinets" → "SIRIUS 3RM1 Motor Starter".

3ZY1 device connector

Using 3ZY1 device connectors to combine devices reduces the time required to configure and wire the components. At the same time errors are avoided during wiring, and this considerably re-duces the testing required for the fully-assembled application.

Configuration and stock keeping

Variable setting options by means of DIP switches or software, a wide voltage range (3SK1111) and a special power supply unit (3SK1 only) reduce the cost of spare parts storage and simplify the considerations during configuration with regard to the evalu-ation units to be selected.

■ Application

3SK1 safety relays

SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays are used mainly in autonomous safety applications which are not connected to a safety-oriented bus system. Their function here is to evaluate the sensors and the safety-oriented shutdown of hazards. Also they check and mon-itor the sensors, actuators and safety-oriented functions of the safety relay.

3SK2 safety relays

SIRIUS 3SK2 safety relays are used mainly in autonomous and more complex safety applications, in which the functional scope of the 3SK1 devices is no longer adequate, e.g. when imple-menting independent trip functions. Their function here is to evaluate the sensors and the safety-related shutdown of haz-ards. They also check and monitor the sensors, actuators and safety-oriented functions of the safety relay.

11/7Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data



SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays

Note:

3SK1230 technical specifications, see Manual "3SK1 Safety Relays", https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/67585885.

Type 3SK1111,3SK1211

3SK1112 3SK1120 3SK1121 3SK1122 3SK1213 3SK1220

Dimensions• Width mm 22.5 22.5 17.5 22.5 22.5 90 17.5• Height mm 100 100 100 100 100 100 100• Depth mm 121.6 91.6 121.6 121.6 121.6 121.6 121.6

General data

Ambient temperature • During operation °C -25 … +60• During storage °C -40 … +80

Installation altitude at height above sea level maximum

m 2 000

Air pressureAccording to SN 31205

hPa 900 … 1 060

Shock resistance 10 g /11 ms 5 g /10 ms 10 g /11 ms

Vibration resistanceacc. to IEC 60068-2-6

5 ... 500 Hz: 0.75 mm

IP degree of protection of the enclosure

IP20

Touch protection against electric shock

Finger-safe

Insulation voltage, rated value V 300 50 300 50 300 50

Rated impulse withstand voltage

V 4 000 500 4 000 500 4 000 800

Safety integrity level (SIL) According to IEC 61508

SIL 3

Performance Level (PL)According to ISO 13849-1

e

T1 value for proof test intervalor service durationAccording to IEC 61508

a 20

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) EMC emitted interference IEC 60947-5-1,

class BIEC 60947-5-1, class A

IEC 60947-5-1, class B

IEC 60947-5-1, class A

Certificate of suitability

• UL certification Yes• TÜV approval Yes

W

H

D

Type 3SK1111,3SK1121-.AB40,3SK1211

3SK1112,3SK1122

3SK1120 3SK1121-.CB4. 3SK1213

Switching capacity

Switching capacity current of the NO contacts of the relay outputs• at DC-13 at 24 V A 5 -- 3 6• at AC-15 at 230 V A 5 -- 3 10

Switching capacity current of the semiconductor outputs• at DC-13 at 24 V A -- 2 0.5 --

Type 3SK1111-.AB30, 3SK1211

3SK1111-.AW20

3SK1112, 3SK1220

3SK1120,3SK1122-.AB40

3SK1121-.AB40

3SK1121-.CB41

3SK1122-.CB41

3SK1213

PFHd and PFDavg values

Probability of a dangerous failure per hour (PFHd)at a high demand rate according to EN 62061

1/h 1.7 x 10-9 1.5 x 10-9 1.0 x 10-9 1.3 x 10-9 2.5 x 10-9 3.7 x 10-9 1.5 x 10-9 1.0 x 10-9

Average probability of failure of the safety function upon demand (PFDavg) at a low demand rateaccording to IEC 61508

1/h 1.0 x 10-6 7.0 x 10-6 1.0 x 10-6

11/8 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015



General data

11

© Siemens AG 2015

SIRIUS 3SK2 safety relays

Note:

Manual "3SK2 Safety Relays", seehttps://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16386.

Article number 3SK2112-.AA10 3SK2122-.AA10

Dimensions:

• Width mm 22.5 45• Height mm 100• Depth mm 124.5

General data


Installation altitude at height above sea level maximum

m 2 000

Air pressureAccording to SN 31205

kPa 90 ... 106

Shock resistance 15 g / 11 ms

Vibration resistance according to IEC 60068-2-6

5 ... 500 Hz: 0.75 mm

IP degree of protection of the enclosure

IP20

Touch protection against electric shock

Finger-safe

Insulation voltage, rated value

V 50

Rated impulsewithstand voltage

V 800

Safety integrity level (SIL)According to IEC 61508

SIL 3

Performance Level (PL)According to EN ISO 13849-1

e

T1 value for proof test interval or service durationAccording to IEC 61508

y 20

EMC emitted interferenceAccording to IEC 60947-1

Class A

Certificate of suitability • UL certification Yes• TÜV approval Yes

Switching capacity

Switching capacity current of the semiconductor outputs• at DC-13 at 24 V A 4

PFHd and PFDavg valuesProbability of a dangerous failure per hour (PFHd)at a high demand rateaccording to EN 62061

1/h 1 x 10-8 1.2 x 10-8

Average probability of failureof the safety function upon demand (PFDavg) at a low demand rate according to IEC 61508

1/h 1.5 x 10-5 1.8 x 10-5

W

H

D

11/9Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16386


General data


Schematics


Basic unit 3SK1111-.AB30, Standard relay instantaneous (24 V AC/DC) Basic unit 3SK1111-.AW20, Standard relay instantaneous (110 ... 240 V AC/DC)

Basic unit 3SK1112-.BB40, Standard solid-state (24 V DC) 3SK1121-.AB40, Advanced relay instantaneous basic unit

3SK1121-.CB4, Advanced relay instantaneous basic unit 3SK1122-.AB40, Advanced solid-state instantaneous basic unit

3SK1122-.CB4, Advanced solid-state instantaneous basic unit 3SK1120-.AB40, Advanced 17.5 mm solid-state instantaneous basic unit

Legend:

A1, A2 = Power supply of the device

13/14 bis 33/34 = Instantaneous enabling circuits, relays

41/42 = Feedback contact

T1, T2 = Test signal

IN1, IN2 = Sensor input

INF = Feedback circuit

INS = Start circuit

INK = Cascading input

PAR = Parameterizing input (NO/NC monitoring)

Q1, Q2, Q3 = Instantaneous enabling circuit, solid-state

QM1 = Signaling output, solid-state

IC01_0027442342414A2–

41332313INF/ST4IN3T3IN2T2IN1T1A1+

IC01_00275

42342414A2–

41332313INF/ST4IN2T2IN1T1A1+

IC01_00276QM1Q2Q1A2–

INSINFIN2T2IN1T1INKA1+

IC01_0027742342414

41332313INF INST2IN2PART1IN1INK

A2–

A1+

IC01_0027848382414

47372313

INSINFT2IN2PART1IN1INK

A2–

A1+

IC01_00279QM1Q3Q2Q1


A2–

A1+

IC01_00280Qt2Qt1Q2Q1


A2–

A1+

IC01_00281 Q1

INS

A2–

INFT2IN2PART1IN1INKA1+

11/10 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

11

© Siemens AG 2015

3SK2 basic units

3SK2112 basic unit

3SK2122 basic unit

Legend:


FE = Functional ground


T1_1, T2_1 = First pair of test signals

T2_1, T2_2 = Second pair of test signals

F-IN1 to F-IN20 = Fail-safe sensor inputs 1 to 20

F-Q1 to F-Q4 = Fail-safe outputs, solid-state

QM1, QM2 = Signaling outputs, solid-state

IC01_00416

A1+

24V+

FE

T1 F-IN1 F-IN3 F-IN5 F-IN7 F-IN9 T2 F-IN2 F-IN4 F-IN6 F-IN8 F-IN10

A2- F-Q1 F-Q2 QM1

T1_1

T1_2

F-IN

1

F-IN

3

F-IN

5

F-IN

7

F-IN

9

F-IN

11

F-IN

13

F-IN

15

F-IN

17

F-IN

19

T2_1

T2_2

F-IN

2

F-IN

4

F-IN

6

F-IN

8

F-IN

10

F-IN

12

F-IN

14

F-IN

16

F-IN

18

F-IN

20

IC01_00415

A1+

24V+

A1+

FE A2- A2- A2- F-Q1 F-Q2 F-Q3 F-Q4 QM1 QM2

11/11Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data


Schematics

Expansion units


For the manual "3SK1 Safety Relays", seehttp://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/67585885.

For "3SK2 safety relays" device manual, seehttps://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16386.

4RO 3SK1211 output expansion 3RO 3SK1213 output expansion

3SK1220 input expansion 3SK1230 power supply

Legend:


13/14 to 43/44 = Instantaneous enabling circuits, relays

41/42 to 51/52 = Feedback contact


IN1, IN2 = Sensor input

INF = Feedback circuit

INS = Start circuit

INK = Cascading input

PAR = Parameterizing input (NO/NC monitoring)

Q1, Q2 = Instantaneous enabling circuit, solid-state

Qt1, Qt2 = Delayed enabling circuit, solid-state

IC01_00283

5244342414

5143332313

A2–

A1+

IC01_00284

42342414

41332313

A2–

A1+

IC01_00285

INST2IN2PART1IN1

IC01

_002

86

––

++

A2–

A1+

11/12 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/67585885

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16386


Basic Units


11

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

3SK111 Standard basic unit

The 3SK111 Standard basic units are characterized by simple and variable functionality. These devices are recommended for safety functions requiring only a few sensors and a small number of outputs on the safety relay.

Number of safe outputs

-- Not available

■ Selection and ordering dataPU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1PS* = 1 unitPG = 41L

Type and number of safe outputs Signal-ing cir-cuits

Device connec-tors

Relays Electronic

Instanta-neous

Time-delayed

Instanta-neous

Time-delayed


3SK1111-.A..0 3 -- -- -- 1 --

3SK1112-.BB40 -- -- 2 -- 1 --

Rated control supply voltage Us DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals (push-in)

At 50 HzAt AC

At DC Article No. Priceper PU


V VStandard basic units with 3 safe relay outputs24 24 } 3SK1111-1AB30 } 3SK1111-2AB30

110 … 240 110 … 240 A 3SK1111-1AW20 } 3SK1111-2AW20

Standard basic units with 2 safe semiconductor outputs -- 24 A 3SK1112-1BB40 A 3SK1112-2BB40

3SK1111-1AB30 3SK1111-1AW20 3SK1112-1BB40


www.siemens.com/product?3SK1111-1AB30


www.siemens.com/product?3SK1111-1AW20


www.siemens.com/product?3SK1112-1BB40


Safety RelaysSIRIUS 3SK Safety RelaysBasic Units

SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units


■ Overview

3SK112 Advanced basic unit

The 3SK112 Advanced basic units form an innovative system landscape that allows even complex safety functions with large numbers of sensors and outputs to be built up using the device connectors. It is possible to increase both the number of inputs for sensors and the number of safe outputs of the basic unit with-out the need for wiring between the devices.


✓ Available

-- Not available



Device connec-tors

Relays Electronic

Instanta-neous

Time-delayed

Instanta-neous

Time-delayed


3SK1120-.AB40 -- -- 1 -- -- ✓

3SK1121-.AB40 3 -- -- -- 1 ✓

3SK1121-.CB4. 2 2 -- -- -- ✓

3SK1122-.AB40 -- -- 3 -- 1 ✓

3SK1122-.CB4. -- -- 2 2 -- ✓

Rated control supply voltage Usat DC

Adjustable OFF-delay time

Number of outputs as contacting contact blocks

Number of outputs as contactless semicon-ductor contact block

DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals (push-in)

Instanta-neous switching

Delayed switching

Instanta-neous switching

Delayed switching



V s

Advanced basic units with safe relay outputs24 -- 3 -- -- -- } 3SK1121-1AB40 } 3SK1121-2AB40

24 0.05 … 3 2 2 -- -- A 3SK1121-1CB41 B 3SK1121-2CB41

24 0.5 … 30 2 2 -- -- } 3SK1121-1CB42 A 3SK1121-2CB42

24 5 … 300 2 2 -- -- B 3SK1121-1CB44 B 3SK1121-2CB44

Advanced basic units with safe semiconductor outputs24 -- -- -- 1 -- A 3SK1120-1AB40 A 3SK1120-2AB40

24 -- -- -- 3 -- A 3SK1122-1AB40 A 3SK1122-2AB40

24 0.05 … 3 -- -- 2 2 B 3SK1122-1CB41 B 3SK1122-2CB41

24 0.5 … 30 -- -- 2 2 A 3SK1122-1CB42 A 3SK1122-2CB42

24 5 … 300 -- -- 2 2 B 3SK1122-1CB44 B 3SK1122-2CB44

3SK1122-1CB413SK1121-1AB40 3SK1122-1AB403SK1120-1AB40





www.siemens.com/product?3SK1121-1CB41

















Basic Units

SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units

11

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

3SK2 basic unit

3SK2 basic units offer a large number of inputs and outputs despite their narrow design. In addition, demanding safety applications with several independent safety functions are also easy to implement. Powerful semiconductor outputs, as well as expandability with additional 3SK output expansions and 3RM1 failsafe motor starters using device connectors, offer flexible application options. In addition, flexible time functions and diagnostics options are also available.



Type and number of safe outputs

Signaling circuits

Fail-safe outputs using device connectorsElectronic Electronic

3SK2 basic units

3SK2112-.AA10 2 1 2

3SK2122-.AA10 4 2 2

Rated control supply voltage Us Safety-related outputs2-channel

Width DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals (push-in)

at DC Article No. Priceper PU

Article No. Priceper PUV mm

3SK2 basic units24 2 22.5 A 3SK2112-1AA10 A 3SK2112-2AA10

24 4 45 A 3SK2122-1AA10 A 3SK2122-2AA10

3SK2112 3SK2122


www.siemens.com/product?3SK2112-1AA10




Safety RelaysSIRIUS 3SK Safety RelaysExpansion Units

Output expansions


■ Overview

3SK121 output expansion

3SK121 output expansions can be used to expand any 3SK basic device.


A 3SK1211 output expansion is used to expand the safe circuits of a basic unit by adding another four safe circuits. These outputs have a switching capacity of AC-15 5 A at a switching voltage of 230 V. The devices can be connected to any 3SK basic unit by means of wiring. In addition, devices with a 24 V DC control supply voltage can also be connected to 3SK1 and 3SK2 Advanced basic units using 3ZY12 device connectors.


A 3SK1213 output expansion is used to expand the safe outputs of a basic unit by adding three safe outputs with high switching capacity. These outputs have a switching capacity of AC-15 10 A at a switching voltage of 230 V. The devices can be connected to any 3SK basic unit by means of wiring. As with 3SK1211, it is also possible to connect the version with a 24 V DC control supply voltage to the 3SK1 and 3SK2 Advanced basic units on the 3ZY12 device connector.

Note:

It is only possible to expand the Standard basic units my means of wiring. Advanced basic units can be expanded using the 3ZY12 device connector.


✓ Available

-- Not available1) Feedback circuit.2) For 24 V DC.

■ Benefits

• Perfect adaptation of the number of inputs• Simple expansion of instantaneous and time-delayed safe

outputs of Advanced basic units via rear panel connection• Two further freely parameterizable trip functions for 3SK2

basic units• Expansion with power contacts for high AC-15/DC-13 currents

in the control circuit• No safe output required in the evaluation unit to control the

expansion modules• No wiring of the feedback circuit to the expansion modules is

necessary• Shorter installation times• Less configuring and testing required


Device connec-tors

Relays Electronic

Instanta-neous

Time-delayed

Instanta-neous

Time-delayed

3SK output expansions

• 4RO

3SK1211 4 -- -- -- 11) ✓2)

• 3RO

3SK1213 3 -- -- -- 11) ✓2)

11/16 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


Expansion Units

Output expansions

11

© Siemens AG 2015


Rated control supply voltage Us DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals (push-in)

At 50 HzAt AC

At DC Article No. Priceper PU


V V

3SK1211 output expansions with 4RO

24 -- B 3SK1211-1BB00 B 3SK1211-2BB00

-- 24 } 3SK1211-1BB40 A 3SK1211-2BB40

110 ... 240 110 ... 240 A 3SK1211-1BW20 B 3SK1211-2BW20

3SK1213 output expansions with 3RO

-- 24 B 3SK1213-1AB40 B 3SK1213-2AB40

115 -- B 3SK1213-1AJ20 B 3SK1213-2AJ20

230 -- B 3SK1213-1AL20 B 3SK1213-2AL20

3SK1211-1BB00 3SK1213-1AB40






www.siemens.com/product?3SK1211-1BW20

www.siemens.com/product?3SK1211-2BW20



www.siemens.com/product?3SK1213-1AJ20

www.siemens.com/product?3SK1213-2AJ20

www.siemens.com/product?3SK1213-1AL20

www.siemens.com/product?3SK1213-2AL20

Safety RelaysSIRIUS 3SK Safety RelaysExpansion Units

Input expansions


■ Overview

3SK1220 sensor expansion

With the input expansions • 3SK1220 sensor expansion and• 3SK1230 power supply

the 3SK1 Advanced basic units can be made more flexible.

3SK1220 input expansion

The 3SK1220 input expansion allows additional sensors to be integrated easily and flexibly. The device monitors two 1-channel sensors or one 2-channel sensor, whatever their output technology (floating/single-ended).

Note:

The 3SK1220 sensor expansion can only be connected to the 3SK1 Advanced basic units using a 3ZY12 device connector.

3SK1230 power supply

The 3SK1230 power supply makes the 3SK1 devices universally usable, whatever control supply voltage is to be used.

Both devices can be combined with the 3SK112 basic units in the Advanced series without the need for wiring.

Note:

Alongside the 3ZY12 device connector, the 3SK1230 power supply can also be wired to act as a power supply for 3SK1 devices.

■ Benefits

• A wide voltage range of 110 ... 240 V AC/DC allows the devices to be used worldwide

• Low stock keeping due to little variance• Flexible expansion of the number of sensors without the need

for additional wiring between the devices

• Perfect adaptation of the number of inputs to suit the appli-cation

• Universal use thanks to the wide range of adjustable param-eters for sensor expansion (parameters as for 3SK1 Advanced basic units)


Version DT Screw terminals DT Spring-type terminals (push-in)



3SK1220 sensor expansionsSensor expansions for safety-related expansion of the3SK1 Advanced basic units by adding a further 2-channel sensor or two 1-channel sensors

Note:Can only be used in conjunction with 3ZY12 device connectors, see page11/19.

A 3SK1220-1AB40 A 3SK1220-2AB40

3SK1230 power suppliesPower supplies for supplying 3SK1 Advanced basic units via 3ZY12 device connectors at voltages of 110 ... 240 V AC/DC

A 3SK1230-1AW20 A 3SK1230-2AW20

3SK1220-1AB40 3SK1230-1AW20








Accessories

11

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

The following accessories are available for SIRIUS 3SK safety relays:• Device connectors• Terminals• Sealing covers• Push-in lugs• Coding pins• Inscription labels• Tools

Additionally for 3SK2:• Connection cables (essential accessory)• USB PC cables and adapters• Diagnostics display• Memory module• Interface cover• Door adapter

Device connectors for 3SK112, 3SK12.. and 3SK2

The device connector enables several devices from 3SK/3RM1 systems to be interconnected, the last device in a system structure being set on a device termination connector.

Device connectors are available in various versions specifically for 3SK safety relays:

✓ Available -- Not available

Removable terminals for 3SK

The following removable terminals are available for 3SK safety relays for the prewiring of terminals in the control cabinet or for terminal replacement:

✓ Available

-- Not available1) For 3SK2122 two terminal sets are required.

For type Device connectors Device termination connectors

3ZY1212-1BA00(for 3SK1, width 17.5 mm)

3ZY1212-2BA00 (for 3SK1, width 22.5 mm)

3ZY1212-2GA00(for 3SK2, width 22.5 mm)

3ZY1212-4GA01(for 3SK2, width 45 mm)

3ZY1212-2DA00 (for 3SK1, width 22.5 mm)

3ZY1212-0FA01 (for 3SK1, set for enclosures > 45 mm)


3SK1120 ✓ -- -- -- -- --

3SK1121 -- ✓ -- -- ✓ --

3SK1122 -- ✓ -- -- ✓ --

3SK2 basic units

3SK2112 -- -- ✓ -- -- --

3SK2122 -- -- -- ✓ -- --

Output expansions

3SK1211 -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ --

3SK1213 -- -- ✓ ✓ -- ✓

Input expansions

3SK1220 ✓ -- -- -- -- --

3SK1230 -- ✓ -- -- -- --

For type Removable terminals

Screw terminals Spring-type terminals (push-in)

2-pole3ZY1121-1BA00

3-pole3ZY1131-1BA00

2-pole3ZY1121-2BA00

3-pole3ZY1131-2BA00

3SK1 basic units

3SK1111 -- ✓ -- ✓

3SK1112 ✓ -- ✓ --

3SK1120 -- ✓ -- ✓

3SK1121 -- ✓ -- ✓

3SK1122 ✓ bottom ✓ top ✓ bottom ✓ top

3SK2 basic units

3SK2112 -- ✓ -- ✓

3SK2122 -- ✓1) -- ✓1)

Output expansions

3SK1211 ✓ -- ✓ --

3SK1213 -- -- -- --

Input expansions

3SK1220 -- ✓ top -- ✓ top

3SK1230 ✓ bottom -- ✓ bottom --

11/19Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


Accessories




PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Device connectors for the electrical connection of SIRIUS devicesin the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure

3ZY1212-1BA00

Device connectors for 3SK1

• Width 17.5 mm A 3ZY1212-1BA00 1 1 unit 41L

• Width 22.5 mm A 3ZY1212-2BA00 1 1 unit 41L

3ZY1212-4GA01

Device connectors for 3SK2

• Width 22.5 mm A 3ZY1212-2GA00 1 1 unit 41L

• Width 45 mm A 3ZY1212-4GA01 1 1 unit 41L

3ZY1212-2DA00

Device terminating connectors A 3ZY1212-2DA00 1 1 unit 41L

For 3SK1, width 22.5 mm

Note:Observe positions of the slide switch, see Manual "3SK1 Safety Relays", https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/67585885

Device terminating connector set For 3SK1213, width > 45 mm,comprising 3ZY1212-2FA00 and 3ZY1210-2AA00

A 3ZY1212-0FA01 1 1 unit 41L

Terminals for SIRIUS devices in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure

3ZY1121-1BA00

Removable terminals Screw terminals

• 2-pole, screw terminals up to 2 x 1.5 mm² or 1 x 2.5 mm²

A 3ZY1121-1BA00 1 6 units 41L

• 3-pole, screw terminals up to max. 2 x 1.5 mm2 or 1 x 2.5 mm² 1)

A 3ZY1131-1BA00 1 6 units 41L


• 2-pole, push-in terminals up to max. 2 x 1.5 mm² A 3ZY1121-2BA00 1 6 units 41L

• 3-pole, push-in terminals up to max. 2 x 1.5 mm² 1) A 3ZY1131-2BA00 1 6 units 41L

Connection cables for 3SK2 (essential accessory) Connection cable

3UF7932-0AA00-0

For connecting diagnostics module to 3SK2 basic unit

• Length 0.1 m (flat) } 3UF7931-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J



• Length 0.5 m (round) } 3UF7932-0BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J



PC cables and adapters for 3SK2

3UF7941-0AA00-0

USB PC cables

For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG, for communication with 3SK2 through the system interface, recommended for use in connection with 3SK2

} 3UF7941-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

USB-to-serial adapters

For connecting an RS 232 PC cable to the USB interface of a PC

B 3UF7946-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

1) Two sets of terminals are required for 3SK2122.



www.siemens.com/product?3ZY1212-1BA00


www.siemens.com/product?3ZY1212-2GA00

www.siemens.com/product?3ZY1212-4GA01

www.siemens.com/product?3ZY1212-2DA00

www.siemens.com/product?3ZY1212-0FA01















Accessories

11

© Siemens AG 2015

1) PC labeling system for individual inscriptionof unit labeling plates available from:

murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "External Partners".

Operating and monitoring modules for 3SK2

3RK3611-3AA00

Diagnostics modules A 3RK3611-3AA00 1 1 unit 42B

From product version E04 or higher, for direct display of errors, e.g. of cross-circuits

Door adapters for 3SK2

3UF7920-0AA00-0

Door adapters

For external connection of the system interface, e.g. outside a control cabinet

} 3UF7920-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

Interface covers for 3SK2

3UF7950-0AA00-0

Interface covers

For system interface

} 3UF7950-0AA00-0 1 5 units 42J

Memory modules for 3SK2

3RK3931-0AA00

Memory modules

For backing up the complete parameterization of the3SK2 safety system without a PC/PG through the system interface

A 3RK3931-0AA00 1 1 unit 42C

Accessories for enclosures

3ZY1321-2AA00

Sealing covers

• 17.5 mm (for 3SK1120 and 3SK1220)

A 3ZY1321-1AA00 1 5 units 41L

• 22.5 mm (for all 3SK1 devices except 3SK1120 and 3SK1220)

A 3ZY1321-2AA00 1 5 units 41L

3ZY1311-0AA00

Push-in lugs For wall mounting

A 3ZY1311-0AA00 1 10 units 41L

3ZY1440-0AA00

Coding pins For removable terminals of SIRIUS devicesin the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure.They enable the mechanical coding of terminals,see Manual "3SK1 Safety Relays" , https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/67585885

A 3ZY1440-1AA00 1 12 units 41L

Blank labels

3RT2900-1SB20

Unit labeling plates For SIRIUS devices 20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray1)

D 3RT2900-1SB20 100 340 units 41B


3RA2908-1A


Screwdrivers For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm; length approx. 200 mm, titanium gray/black, partially insulated

A 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

IC01

_001

81


www.siemens.com/product?3RK3611-3AA00



www.siemens.com/product?3RK3931-0AA00





www.siemens.com/product?3RT2900-1SB20




Notes


11/22 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


12

12

Price groupsPG 41K, 41L

12/2 Introduction

SIRIUS 3SE6 non-contact safety switchesMagnet

12/3 3SE66, 3SE67 magnetically operated switches

Position and Safety Switches

© Siemens AG 2015



3RA1943-2C3RA1943-2B3RA1953-2B3RA1953-2N

Article-No.


12/2 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Position and Safety Switches

Introduction

12

■ Overview

✓ Available-- Not available

Note:Safety characteristics see Catalog IC 10, Chapter 16, "Appendix" ➞ "Standards and Approvals".

3SE66, 3SE67

3SE66, 3SE67

Magnetically operated switches, standard range

Magnetically operated switches, supplementary range in new design

EnclosurePlastic ✓ ✓

Metal -- --Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm M30; 25 x 88; 25 x 33 25 x 88; 26 x 36Degree of protection IP67 IP67StandardsIEC 60947-5-3 ✓ ✓

Contact blocks/outputsReed contacts 1 NO + 1 NC

2 NC1 NO + 1 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact)

1 NO + 1 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact)2 NC2 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact)

Special featuresLED status display -- ✓

Increased corrosion protection -- --ASIsafe integrated -- --Electrical specificationsInsulation voltage Ui 100 V AC/DC

24 V DC 75 V DC50 V AC

Conventional thermal current Ith 250 mA400 mA

250 mA

ConnectionsM8 plug, 4-pole ✓ ✓

8 mm ∅, latching connection, plug, 6-pole

-- ✓

M12 plug, 4-pole ✓ --Molded cables ✓ ✓

AS-Interface -- --ActuatorsSwitching magnet ✓ ✓

PageComplete units 12/3 12/3ASIsafe -- --

© Siemens AG 2015

SIRIUS 3SE6 Non-Contact Safety SwitchesMagnet

3SE66, 3SE67 magnetically operated switches

12

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

3SE66 contact blocks and 3SE67 switching magnets, standard range 3SE66 contact blocks and 3SE67 switching magnets, supplementary range in new design

A magnetically operated switch comprises a coded switching magnet and a contact block (sensor unit). The magneticallyoperated switch must be connected to a safety relay, e.g. SIRIUS 3SK1, or a bus system, e.g. SIMATIC ET 200SP, for eval-uation. The switches use reed contacts as mechanical contacts. The status of the contacts is monitored by an evaluation unit.

Safety relays

3SK safety relays can be deployed anywhere in the world as they have been approved by all certification organizations. Since they satisfy the most exacting safety requirements, they are suitable for all kinds of safety application.

The following are available:• 3SK1 Standard basic units:

simple and compact to satisfy all the essential requirements of safety sensor monitoring systems

• 3SK1 Advanced basic units:a multifunctional series with relay enabling circuits, semicon-ductor outputs or time-delay outputs

• 3SK2 basic units:a multifunctional series with functions that are parameterized by software. The basic units feature semiconductor outputs. Relay outputs from the 3SK1 portfolio can also be connected to them by means of device connectors.

• Expansion units for inputs and outputs

The 3SE6806 safety relay is also available with two floating enabling circuits (safe circuits) as NO contact circuits and one floating signaling circuit as an NC contact circuit.

■ Benefits

Standard range• Non-contact round, rectangular, small (25 mm x 33 mm) and

larger (25 mm x 88 mm) versions• Small, compact, safe• Simple installation when sensor and actuator are aligned,

covered mounting is also easy• Suitable for restricted spaces

Supplementary range• New design for rectangular shape• Enhanced scope of functions• Greater switching intervals and a larger horizontal or vertical

displacement• Various mounting positions possible (e.g. at 90° offset)• SIL 3 and PL e diagnostics possible because devices have

two safety contacts and one signaling contact• LED variant• Fast connection possible using plug-in variants

12/3Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015




■ Application

SIRIUS 3SE6 magnetically operated switches are designed for mounting on movable protective guards (e.g. hoods, hinge switches, doors, etc.). Evaluation can be performed by means of a safety relay or through connection to a bus system.

The 3SE66 non-contact, magnetically operated safety switches stand out due to their enclosed design with degree of protection IP67. Since they are coded, covered installation is not neces-sary. They are particularly suitable therefore for areas exposed to contamination, cleaning or disinfecting.

A magnetic monitoring system comprises one or more magneti-cally operated switches and an evaluation unit, e.g. a safety re-lay. When contact blocks 1 NO + 1 NC (+ 1 NC signaling con-tact) or 2 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact) are used, the 3SK safety relay, for example, provides a high degree of protection against manipulation and can be installed in safety circuits up to SIL 3 according to IEC 62061 and PL e according to EN ISO 13849-1.

Non-contact safety magnetically operated switches (with plug or cable)for right-hinged door

Non-contact safety magnetically operated switches (with plug or cable) for left-hinged door

Combination of monitoring units and magnetically operated switches

✓ Suitable magnetically operated switch

-- Not available

Monitoring units Magnetically operated switches (contact block + switching magnet) Achievable SIL (IEC 61508, IEC 62061) Performance Level (EN ISO 13849-1)

1 NO + 1 NC 2 NC --

3SE6605-.BA.. 3SE6604-2BA..

1 NO + 1 NC(+ 1 NC signaling contact)

1 NO + 2 NC

3SE6606-3BA 3SE6606-2BA04

3SE6704-.BA 3SE6704-2BA

1 NO + 1 NC(+ 1 NC signaling contact)

2 NC; 2 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact)

2 NC (+ 1 NC signaling contact)

3SE6616-3CA01 3SE6614-4CA01 3SE6617-3CA013SE6626-3CA01 3SE6624-4CA01 3SE6627-3CA01

3SE6617-2CA01 3SE6617-3CA043SE6627-2CA01 3SE6627-3CA043SE6617-2CA043SE6627-2CA04

3SE6714-3CA 3SE6714-2CA 3SE6714-3CA3SE6724-3CA 3SE6724-2CA 3SE6724-3CA

Relay outputsSIRIUS safety relays 3SK1111 -- ✓ ✓ SIL 3 / PL e

3SK1121, 3TK2826 ✓ ✓ ✓ SIL 3 / PL e

Solid-state outputsSIRIUS safety relays 3SK1112, 3SK1122 ✓ ✓ ✓ SIL 3 / PL e

3SK2112, 3SK2122 ✓ ✓ ✓ SIL 3 / PL e3TK2845 -- ✓ ✓ SIL 3 / PL e

ASIsafe compact safetymodules

3RK1205, 3RK1405 -- ✓ ✓ SIL 3 / PL e

Modular Safety System(MSS)

3RK3 ✓ ✓ ✓ SIL 3 / PL e

SIMATIC S7-1200F orSIMATIC S7-1500F

F-DI 16 x 24 V DC ✓ ✓ ✓ SIL 3 / PL e

SIMATIC ET 200SP PROFIsafe

4/8 F-DI, 24 V DC ✓ ✓ ✓ SIL 3 / PL e

SIMATIC ET 200eco 4/8 F-DI, 24 V DC ✓ ✓ ✓ SIL 3 / PL e

SIMATIC ET 200pro 8/16 F-DI, 24 V DC, 4/8 F-DI / 4 F-DO 2 A, 24 V DC, F-Switch

✓ ✓ ✓ SIL 3 / PL e

12/4 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015



12

© Siemens AG 2015


1) The second NC is a signaling contact, not a safety contact.

Version Size Contacts DT Article No. Price perPU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

mm

Standard range - round sensor units

3SE6704-1BA

Switching magnets (coded) M30 -- A 3SE6704-1BA 1 1 unit 41K

3SE6505-1BA

Contact blocks

• With cable, 3 m M30 1 NO + 1 NC A 3SE6605-1BA 1 1 unit 41K

• With M12 plug, 4-pole M30 1 NO + 1 NC A 3SE6605-1BA02 1 1 unit 41K

Standard range - rectangular sensor units

3SE6704-2BA

Switching magnets (coded) 25 × 88 -- A 3SE6704-2BA 1 1 unit 41K

3SE660.-2BA

Contact blocks

• With cable, 3 m 25 × 88 1 NO + 1 NC A 3SE6605-2BA 1 1 unit 41K2 NC A 3SE6604-2BA 1 1 unit 41K1 NO + 2 NC C 3SE6606-2BA04 1 1 unit 41K

• With cable, 10 m 25 × 88 1 NO + 1 NC A 3SE6605-2BA10 1 1 unit 41K2 NC A 3SE6604-2BA10 1 1 unit 41K

• With M8 plug, 4-pole 25 × 88 1 NO + 1 NC A 3SE6605-2BA01 1 1 unit 41K2 NC A 3SE6604-2BA01 1 1 unit 41K

3SE660.-3BA

Switching magnets (coded) 25 × 33 -- A 3SE6704-3BA 1 1 unit 41K

Contact blocks

• With cable, 3 m 25 × 33 1 NO + 1 NC A 3SE6605-3BA 1 1 unit 41K

• With cable, 5 m A 3SE6605-3BA05 1 1 unit 41K

• With cable, 10 m A 3SE6605-3BA10 1 1 unit 41K

• With cable, 15 m D 3SE6605-3BA15 1 1 unit 41K

• With cable, 1 m 25 × 33 1 NO + 1 NC + 1 NC1) A 3SE6606-3BA 1 1 unit 41K

Supplementary range in new design - Rectangular sensor units for left-hinged door

3SE6714-2CA

Switching magnets (coded)

• Same level 25 x 88 -- X 3SE6714-2CA 1 1 unit 41K

• 90° offset X 3SE6724-2CA 1 1 unit 41K

3SE6614-4CA01

Contact blocks

• With M8 plug, 4-pole, with LED

25 × 88 2 NC X 3SE6614-4CA01 1 1 unit 41K

• 8 mm ∅, latching connection, plug, 6-pole

2 NC + 1 NC1) X 3SE6617-2CA01 1 1 unit 41K

• With cable, 3 m 2 NC + 1 NC1) X 3SE6617-2CA04 1 1 unit 41K

3SE6714-3CA




3SE6616-3CA01

Contact blocks


26 × 36 1 NO + 1 NC + 1 NC1) X 3SE6616-3CA01 1 1 unit 41K

2 NC + 1 NC1) X 3SE6617-3CA01 1 1 unit 41K



www.siemens.com/product?3SE6704-1BA


www.siemens.com/product?3SE6605-1BA02















www.siemens.com/product?3SE6714-2CA


www.siemens.com/product?3SE6614-4CA01











Version Size Contacts DT Article No. Priceper PU

PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

mm

Supplementary range in new design - Rectangular sensor units for right-hinged door

3SE6714-2CA




3SE6624-4CA01

Contact blocks

• With M8 plug, 4-pole, with LED

25 × 88 2 NC X 3SE6624-4CA01 1 1 unit 41K


2 NC + 1 NC1) X 3SE6627-2CA01 1 1 unit 41K


3SE6714-3CA




3SE6626-3CA01

Contact blocks


26 × 36 1 NO + 1 NC + 1 NC1) X 3SE6626-3CA01 1 1 unit 41K2 NC + 1 NC1) X 3SE6627-3CA01 1 1 unit 41K


Accessories for standard range

3SX3260

Spacers 25 × 88 -- A 3SX3260 1 1 unit 41K

3SX3261

25 × 33 -- A 3SX3261 1 1 unit 41K

Couplings With connecting cable, 5 m

• With M8 socket, 4-pole -- B 3SX5601-3GA05 1 1 unit 41K

Accessories for supplementary range in new design

3SX5600-2GA01

Spacers 25 × 88 -- A 3SX5600-2GA01 1 1 unit 41K

3SX5600-2GA02

26 × 36 -- A 3SX5600-2GA02 1 1 unit 41K

Couplings With connecting cable, 5 m

• With M8 socket, 4-pole -- B 3SX5601-3GA05 1 1 unit 41K

• With 8 mm socket ∅, 8 mm, latching connection, 6-pole

-- B 3SX5601-4GA05 1 1 unit 41K













www.siemens.com/product?3SX3260

www.siemens.com/product?3SX3261

www.siemens.com/product?3SX5601-3GA05







12

© Siemens AG 2015

1) Only when up to 5 3SK1220 expansion units are used, see Chapter 11 "Safety Technology".

For more monitoring units, see Chapter 11 "Safety Technology", Catalog IC 10 and Catalog IK PI.

Version Rated control voltage

Num-ber of sensors

Enabling/signaling circuits


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Monitoring units 3SK1 safety relaysStandard or Advanced basic units

3SK1111-1AB30

With relay output 24 V DC 1 3 NO/1 NC } 3SK1111-1AB30 1 1 unit 41L

61) 3 NO/1 NC } 3SK1121-1AB40 1 1 unit 41L

With semiconductor output

24 V DC 1 2 x F-DQ/1 QM A 3SK1112-1BB40 1 1 unit 41L

3SK2 safety relaysBasic units

3SK2112-1AA10

With semiconductor output

24 V DC 4 2 x F-DQ/1 QM A 3SK2112-1AA10 1 1 unit 41L

8 4 x F-DQ/2 QM A 3SK2122-1AA10 1 1 unit 41L

3SE68 safety relays

3SE6806-2CD00

With relay output, 6-fold

24 V DC 6 2 NO / 1 NC X 3SE6806-2CD00 1 1 unit 41K







www.siemens.com/product?3SE6806-2CD00


Notes


12/8 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


13

13

13/2 Introduction


13/4 General data

Note:Conversion tool, e.g. from 3SB3 to 3SU1, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

Commanding and Signaling Devices

© Siemens AG 2015



3RA1943-2C3RA1943-2B3RA1953-2B3RA1953-2N

Article-No.




Introduction


■ Overview

✓ Standard

-- Not available

Note:

Safety characteristics (see Catalog News IC 10 N • 02/2015, "3SU1 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights", Appendix).

3SU1.0 3SU1.3 3SU1.5 3SU1.6

Pushbuttons and indicator lightsDesigns

Nominal diameter 22 mm 22 mm 22 mm 30 mmVersion Plastic Plastic with

metal front ring, matteMetal, shiny Metal, matte, flat

Actuators

Pushbuttons ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Illuminated pushbuttons ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Mushroom pushbuttons ✓ ✓ ✓ --EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons

✓ ✓ ✓ --

Selector switches ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Key-operated switches ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Special actuators

Twin pushbuttons ✓ ✓ ✓ --Coordinate switches ✓ ✓ ✓ --Toggle switches ✓ ✓ ✓ --Sensor switches ✓ ✓ -- --ID key-operated switches ✓ ✓ -- --Pushbuttons with extended stroke ✓ ✓ ✓ --Potentiometers ✓ ✓ ✓ --

Indicators

Indicator lights ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Acoustic signaling devices ✓ ✓ ✓ --

Contact modules

Single-pole ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Two-pole ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

LED modules

With integrated LED ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Connections

Screw terminals ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Spring-type terminals ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

Solder pins ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

AS-Interface ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

IO-Link ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

13/2 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

http://www.automation.siemens.com/ce-static/ftp/SIRIUS_IC10N_complete_English_2014-12.pdf


Introduction

13

© Siemens AG 2015

✓ Standard

-- Not available

❏ Optional

AS-Interface solutions

Pushbuttons and indicator lights of the SIRIUS ACT series can be connected to the AS-Interface communication system quickly and easily with the help of various solutions.

For AS-Interface solutions, see catalog IK PI "Industrial Communication SIMATIC NET".

AS-Interface EMERGENCY-STOP according to ISO 13850

Using special modules, EMERGENCY STOP devices according to ISO 13850 can be directly connected throughthe standard AS-Interface with safety-related communication (see Catalog News IC 10 N • 02/2015 "3SU1 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights", Chapter 13).

AS-Interface enclosures

Enclosures with standard fittings are listed in this catalog. The el-ements for equipping customized enclosures must be selected by means of the SIRIUS ACT Configurator (see Catalog News IC 10 N • 02/2015 "3SU1 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights", Chapter 13).

PROFINET solutions

SIRIUS ACT devices will be equipped in future with a direct com-munication interface to PROFINET and PROFIsafe.

RFID authentication solutions

Groups of employees or individuals can be authenticated by means of the ID key-operated switch. Color-coded keys for easy distinction between users and flexible in application thanks to four function stages.

3SU18 3SU18

Enclosures Two-hand operation consolesEnclosures

Plastic ✓ ✓

Metal ✓ ✓

Actuators

Pushbuttons ✓ ❏

Illuminated pushbuttons ✓ ❏

Mushroom pushbuttons ✓ ✓

EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons ✓ ✓

Selector switches ✓ ❏

Key-operated switches ✓ ❏

Indicators

Indicator lights ✓ ❏

Acoustic signaling devices ✓ ❏

Contact modules

Single-pole ✓ ✓

Two-pole -- ✓

Connections

Screw terminals ✓ ✓

Spring-type terminals ✓ ❏

Plug-in connection ❏ ❏

AS-Interface ✓ ❏

13/3Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015



http://www.automation.siemens.com/sc-static/catalogs/catalog/IK_PI_2015_en.pdf

SIRIUS ACT Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights

General data


■ Overview


SIRIUS ACT is a modular system of pushbuttons and indicator lights for front plate mounting and rear-mounted electrical mod-ules. Complete units made up of an actuating or signaling ele-ment and contact modules and/or LED modules are offered for the most frequent application cases.

On the new compact units, the electrical module is permanently installed and is only secured by the holder.

Complete units

Design of a complete unit

Standards• IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1• IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1• IEC 60947-5-5, EN 60947-5-5 for EMERGENCY STOP devices

Versions

SIRIUS ACT is available in four versions:• Plastic, 22 mm, round, black• Plastic with metal front ring, 22 mm, round, matte• Metal with metal front ring, 22 mm, round, shiny• Metal with metal front ring, 30 mm, flat, round, matte

One command point comprises:• An actuating or signaling element in front of the control panel• A holder for securing behind the control panel• Up to six contact modules and/or one LED module (mounted

onto the holder), single-pole contacts can be stacked• A comprehensive range of accessories for inscription/marking

Acoustic signaling devices, potentiometers with operating mechanism, sensor switches, pushbuttons with extended stroke, and basic indicator lights are available as compact units. The electrical parts are integrated and only have to be wired.

Compact units

Design of a compact unit

34

2

13

4

2

1

LED module

NO contact

HolderActuator

IC01_00422

2

1

2

1

Holder

Actuating element with integrated electronics

IC01_00423

13/4 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data

13

© Siemens AG 2015

System overview of SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights

19

14

15

16

17

18

19

21

11

10

8

6

45

3

2

1

9

13

7

12

20

14

15

16

Contact modulesFront plate mounting

LED modules

AS-Interface modules

17 Enclosures

18

19

20

Base mountingContact modules

LED modules

IO-Link module

21 AS-Interface module

1 Pushbuttons

7

8

13 Holder

12 Label holder, label

10

11

Twin pushbutton, label holder, label

Coordinate switch, label holder, label

Key-operated switch with key4

5

Key-operated switch

Indicator light

3

2

Selector switches

Mushroom pushbuttons

9 Electronic module for ID key-operated switches

6 EMERGENCY STOP mushroom pushbuttons

EMERGENCY STOP backing plate

IC01_00424

13/5Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


General data


Functionality

Easy handling• Self-holding function of the actuator when mounting• Twist prevention integrated into patented holder design• Stackable contact modules

Rugged against environmental influences• IP69K degree of protection• Modules with explosion protection certified according to ATEX• Service life of 100 000 hours thanks to use of LEDs• Mechanical service life of 10 x 106 switching cycles• Reliable, friction-locked fixing with just one screw

A high level of communication• Direct connection of the enclosure to AS-Interface or IO-Link• Direct connection in the control cabinet to PROFINET, IO-Link

or AS-Interface

Contact modules and LED modules

The contact modules are fitted with slow-action contacts (NO contacts or NC contacts) with double operating moving contacts. These ensure a high switching reliability even with small voltages and currents, such as 5 V/1 mA. They are suitable for use in electronic systems as well as conventional controls. The contact pieces of the NC contacts are positively driven.

Only LED modules with permanently integrated LEDs are avail-able for illumination.

Contact modules and LED modules bear terminal designations acc. to EN 50013

Mounting the modules

With SIRIUS ACT, the modules are mounted on the holder with-out any further accessories. Holders in plastic or metal versions are available for mounting three modules. Holders for four mod-ules are available for coordinate switches and toggle switches with four switch positions.

Connection methods

The modules are available with:• Screw terminals• Spring-type terminals or• Solder pin connections (0.8 mm × 0.8 mm solder pins)

for assembly on printed-circuit boards

Configurator

SIRIUS ACT Configurator

• Fast, simple selection by intuitive navigation through clearly-organized menus

• Preview of selected components • Inscription of pushbuttons and labeling plates using the inter-

active inscription tool• Once created, a configuration can be ordered as often as re-

quired using the customer-specific article number and the CIN (Configuration Identification Number)

• Product data sheets, certificates, dimensional drawings, list prices, inscription tool

Configurator, see: www.siemens.com/sirius-act/configurator


For more information, see Catalog News IC 10 N • 02/2015, "3SU1 Pushbuttons and Indicator Lights" or the Industry Mall.

13/6 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

http://www.siemens.com/sirius-act/configurator



14

14

Price groups

PG 42B, 42J

14/2 Introduction

14/4 SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal)

14/9 SIRIUS Safety ES

Parametrization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS

© Siemens AG 2015



3RA1943-2C3RA1943-2B3RA1953-2B3RA1953-2N

Article-No.



Introduction


■ Overview

Engineering software

SIRIUS ES engineering software (E-SW)

Intuitive, efficient and future-proof – the engineering programs of the SIRIUS ES software family

The programs of the SIRIUS ES software family enable:

• Intuitive engineering from the word goThe SIRIUS ES programs enable you to focus on your engi-neering task. Thanks to the intuitive layout and simple naviga-tion, a clearly arranged configuring of device functions and their parameters is possible – online and offline. The task- and user-oriented portal views as well as the flexible screen layout, the uniform look and feel for all program editors and finally the graphic network and device configuration provide support.

• Efficient parameterization for quick successFaster start up is achieved by the use of local and global li-braries. The joint hardware configuration for all components in the application also assists in the efficient parameterization and simple networking of system components. Not least, inte-grated system diagnostics offers fast troubleshooting and ef-ficient fault analysis, thus making it possible to shorten startup times even further and to minimize production downtimes.

• Future-oriented basis for innovative resultsAll future product developments are seamlessly integrated into the TIA Portal. Investments made up to now are still safe tomorrow. To harmonize engineering in all performance classes, the SIRIUS ES programs in TIA Portal are scalable and upwardly compatible. In the event of an upgrade, existing projects can easily be transferred and integrated into the next product level. Even existing SIRIUS ES projects in ver-sion 2007 can easily be migrated to the TIA Portal software version.

The next generation of SIRIUS ES programs, such as SIMOCODE ES V13 (TIA Portal), is based on the central engineering framework Totally Integrated Automation Portal (TIA Portal), which provides the user with a consistent, efficient and intuitive solution for all automation tasks. Thus, the TIA Portal is also the integrated working environment for the programs in the SIRIUS software family. The same operator control concept, the elimination of interfaces and a high degree of user-friendli-ness make it possible to quickly integrate SIRIUS devices into an automation process and start them up with the TIA Portal. Besides SIMOCODE ES Version 13, which is based on the cen-tral engineering framework Totally Integrated Automation Portal (TIA Portal), the 2007 version of the software continues to be available for commissioning, operation and diagnostics of SIMOCODE pro.

The SIRIUS ES programs such as Motor Starter ES, Soft Starter ES, SIRIUS Safety ES and SIMOCODE ES are available in three versions which differ in their user-friendliness, scope of functions and price:• Basic

The Basic version contains all basic functions that are needed to parameterize devices. These include both parameterization functions and also operator control, diagnostics and test functions.

• StandardThe Standard version contains the basic functionality plus standard functions. The standard functions include parame-terization with the aid of integrated graphic editors, creation of typicals, parameter export, analog value recording and parameter comparison.

• PremiumThe Premium versions contain the complete functionality of the software package. Besides the standard functionality, this includes communication functions such as access via PROFIBUS/PROFINET and S7 routing.

Note:

The scope of functions depends on the SIRIUS ES program, for details, see the descriptions of the individual products.

Efficient engineering and startup with graphic user interfaces and simple network and device configuration

14/2 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


Introduction

14

© Siemens AG 2015

Types of delivery and licenses

The programs of the SIRIUS ES software family are available as follows:

• Floating license – the license for any one user at any one time- Authorizes any one user- Independent of the number of installations (unlike the single

license which is allowed to be installed once only)- Only the actual use of the program has to be licensed

• Combo license – license for parallel use- Licensed parallel use of the TIA Portal version and

SIRIUS ES Version 2007- For all other properties such as floating license

• Trial License (free use of all program functions for 14/21 days for test and evaluation purposes, included on every product CD/DVD, available in the download file of the SIRIUS ES program in the Service&Support portal)

The following delivery versions are also available for the programs of the SIRIUS ES software family:

• UpgradeSwitching from an old to a new version with expanded functions, e.g. upgrade from Motor Starter ES 2006 to Motor Starter ES 2007

• PowerpackSpecial pack for switching within the same software version to a more powerful version with more functionality, e.g. Powerpack Motor Starter ES 2007 for switching from Standard to Premium

• Software Update ServiceTo keep you up to date at all times we offer a special service which supplies you automatically with all service packs and upgrades within the SIRIUS ES 2007/2008 and SIRIUS ES (TIA Portal) programs

• License/software downloadSimply download your new software and license key from the Internet via the Online Software Delivery (OSD) platform. After you have placed your order in our mall, you will receive your access data by e-mail, which will allow you to download the license or software you have ordered. For more information, seewww.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery.

Article number scheme for the engineering software

Note:



Safety note:

System networking requires suitable protective measures (including network segmentation for IT security) in order to ensure safe plant operation. More information about the subject of Industrial Security, see www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.

Digit of the Article No. 1st - 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th 13th 14th 15th 16th

@@@@ @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ @ – @ @ @ @

SIRIUS engineering software 3 Z S 1

Software type @

Package designation 1 @



Hardware, operating system @

Data carriers @

Serial number @

Function status @

Product category 0

Language @

Delivery versions @

License type @

Example 3 Z S 1 3 1 3 – 4 C C 1 0 – 0 Y A 5

14/3Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

http://www.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery

http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity




■ Overview

Selecting the SIMOCODE pro device configuration in SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal)

SIMOCODE ES is the central software for configuration, startup, operation and diagnostics of SIMOCODE pro.

Version 13, which is based on the central engineering framework Totally Integrated Automation Portal (TIA Portal), is available in addition to SIMOCODE ES Version 2007.

SIMOCODE ES V13 is integrated seamlessly when further TIA Portal-based software exists such as STEP 7 or WinCC, thus enabling users to achieve a consistent, efficient and intuitive solution for all automation tasks.

But also users of SIMOCODE ES V13 as standalone software will benefit from its advantages.

Three program versionsThe user can choose between three different versions of SIMOCODE ES: SIMOCODE ES Basic, SIMOCODE ES Standard and SIMOCODE ES Premium. While SIMOCODE ES Basic is a powerful tool for startup or maintenance personnel, SIMOCODE ES Standard and Premium are the perfect tools for engineers or configuration engineers on account of their larger scope of functions and integrated graphics editor. Unlike the Standard version, SIMOCODE ES Premium also permits param-eterization and diagnostics through PROFIBUS/PROFINET. Indication of all operating, service and diagnostics data supplies important information about the current state of the motor and plant at all times – everywhere on PROFIBUS/PROFINET.

Working with librariesUsers can create copy templates for SIMOCODE pro device configuration and can manage them in global or project libraries.Thus, individual modules and diagrams and also complete device configurations can be saved as reusable elements for frequently occurring tasks.

Integrated graphics editorThe graphics editor is a part of SIMOCODE ES Standard and SIMOCODE ES Premium. It is based on the Continuous Function Chart (CFC) and adds a powerful tool to the parameterizing in-terface that enables easy parameterization of devices by Drag&Drop. Extremely compact documentation of all configured parameters is possible, as is the graphic online presentation of the configured device functions including all signal states during operation.

Parameterize easily and ergonomically with the CFC-based graphics editor of SIMOCODE ES V13

Online functions for startup and diagnosticsTo this end, SIMOCODE ES provides powerful functions for start-up and diagnostics of motor feeders. Besides a detailed display of status information and the causes of faults, all available mea-surement and statistics data can be retrieved online. Access to the fault and event memory and also to analog values recorded on the device, e.g. current or voltage, is also possible.

Startup functions of SIMOCODE ES V13

14/4 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015



14

© Siemens AG 2015

Trend display of measured values

With this online function, SIMOCODE ES Standard or Premium can present the trend of up to five different measured values. It is thus possible for example to record and evaluate the startup characteristic of a motor or its behavior in different load condi-tions.

Live trend display of SIMOCODE ES V13

Efficient engineering with three program versions

✓ Function available

-- Function not available

1) For SIMOCODE pro V.

Additional functions

SIMOCODE ES V13 offers numerous advantages of the TIA Portal that can be used in an integrated working environment.• Seamless integration when using other TIA Portal-based

software such as STEP 7 or WinCC. Thus, for example, the configuration for devices and networks for all components used is created in a standardized environment.

• Working with librariesUsers can create copy templates for device configuration and can manage them in global libraries. In this way, frequently used functions can be managed in a clearly structured fashion.

Types of delivery and license

SIMOCODE ES V13 is available with the following licenses:

• Floating license – the license for any one user at any one time- Authorizes any one user- Independent of the number of installations (unlike the single

license which is allowed to be installed once only)- Only the actual use of the program has to be licensed- Trial license (free use of all program functions for 21 days for

test and evaluation purposes, included on every product DVD, available in the download file of the SIRIUS ES program in the Service & Support portal)

• Combo license - license for parallel use- Licensed parallel use of the TIA Portal version and

SIRIUS ES Version 2007- For all other properties, see floating license

The following delivery versions are also available for SIMOCODE ES V13:

• UpgradeUpgrade of an old version to a new version with expanded functions, e.g. upgrade from SIMOCODE ES 2007 to SIMOCODE ES V13; includes a combo license for parallel use of SIMOCODE ES 2007 and SIMOCODE ES V13

• PowerpackSpecial pack for switching within the same software version to a more powerful version with more functionality, e.g. Powerpack SIMOCODE ES V13 Premium for switching from Standard to Premium

• Software Update ServiceTo keep you up to date at all times we offer a special service which supplies you automatically with all service packs and upgrades

• License/software downloadSimply download your new software and license key from the Internet via the Online Software Delivery (OSD) platform. After you have placed your order in our mall, you will receive your access data by e-mail, which will allow you to download the license or software you have ordered. For more information, seewww.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery

SIMOCODE ES V13 Basic Standard PremiumAccess through the local interface on the device

✓ ✓ ✓

Parameter assignment in list form ✓ ✓ ✓

Parameter printing in list form ✓ ✓ ✓

Operating ✓ ✓ ✓

Diagnostics ✓ ✓ ✓

Test ✓ ✓ ✓

Service data ✓ ✓ ✓

Analog value recording1) ✓ ✓ ✓

Trend display of measured values -- ✓ ✓

Parameterizing with convenient graphical display

-- ✓ ✓

Parameterizing with the integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)

-- ✓ ✓

Printing of diagrams -- ✓ ✓

Parameter comparison -- ✓ ✓

Access through PROFIBUS/PROFINET

-- -- ✓

Teleservice through MPI -- -- ✓

S7 routing -- -- ✓

14/5Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015





System requirements

■ Benefits

• Easy parameterization with the graphics editor based on the Continuous Function Chart (CFC) reduces engineering work and shortens start up times

• Clear plant documentation by means of graphic presentation• Detailed information, also when there are faults, is a help for

maintenance personnel and shortens downtimes• Universally applicable through stand-alone version or seam-

less integration into the central engineering framework when other TIA Portal-based software such as STEP 7 or WinCC are available

• Parameter changes are also possible during normal operation• Users can create copy templates for device configurations

and can manage them in global libraries

SIMOCODE ES V13 parameterization, startup and diagnostics software for SIMOCODE pro

Operating system Windows 7 32/64-bit Professional/Ultimate/Enterprise (Service Pack 1),Windows Server 2012 R2,Windows Server 2008 R2 (Service Pack 1)Windows 8.1, 64-bit Professional/Enterprise

Processor ≥ 3.3 GHz (Core i5-320M)

RAM ≥ 8 GB

Monitor resolution ≥ 15.6" wide screen display (1920 x 1080)

Graphics card ≥ 32 MB RAM, 24-bit color intensity

Free space on hard disk ≥ 300 GB SSD

CD-ROM/DVD drive DVD-ROM (only when installing from DVD)

Interface Depends on PC cable: serial (COM) or USB

PC cable/parameterization cable/connection cable Yes, USB

PROFIBUS interface Optional, for parameterization and diagnostics through PROFIBUS

Ethernet interface Optional, for parameterization and diagnostics through Ethernet/PROFINET

14/6 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015



14

© Siemens AG 2015


Parameterization and service software for SIMOCODE pro 3UF7• Delivered without PC cable

Note:

SIMOCODE ES V12 licenses can also be used for SIMOCODE ES V13.

Notes:

Please order PC cable separately, see page 14/8.

For description of the software versions, see page 14/5.


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

SIMOCODE ES V13 Basic

3ZS1322-4CC11-0YA5

Floating License for one user

Engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/Spanish/Chinese), for all SIMOCODE pro, online functions through system interface)

• Combo license for parallel use of versions 2007 and V13 of SIRIUS ES, license key on USB stick, Class A

} 3ZS1322-4CC11-0YA5 1 1 unit 42J

• License key download, Class A } 3ZS1322-4CE11-0YB5 1 1 unit 42J

SIMOCODE ES V13 Standard

3ZS1322-5CC11-0YA5


Engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/Spanish/Chinese), for all SIMOCODE pro, online functions through system interface, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)


} 3ZS1322-5CC11-0YA5 1 1 unit 42J


Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2007

Floating license for one user, engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, license key on USB stick, Class A, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/Spanish/Chinese), combo license for parallel use of versions 2007 and V13 of SIRIUS ES,for all SIMOCODE pro,online functions through system interface,parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)

A 3ZS1322-5CC11-0YE5 1 1 unit 42J

Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES V13 Basic

Floating license for one user,engineering software, license key on USB stick, Class A, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/Spanish/Chinese), for all SIMOCODE pro, online functions through system interface, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)

A 3ZS1322-5CC11-0YD5 1 1 unit 42J

Software Update Service

For 1 year with automatic extension, assuming software version of SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) is in use, engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, online functions through system interface, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)

} 3ZS1322-5CC11-0YL5 1 1 unit 42J


www.siemens.com/product?3ZS1322-4CC11-0YA5

www.siemens.com/product?3ZS1322-4CE11-0YB5



www.siemens.com/product?3ZS1322-5CC11-0YE5

www.siemens.com/product?3ZS1322-5CC11-0YD5

www.siemens.com/product?3ZS1322-5CC11-0YL5




Notes:

Please order PC cable separately, see Accessories. For description of the software versions, see page 14/5.

■ Accessories


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

SIMOCODE ES V13 Premium

3ZS1322-6CC11-0YA5


Engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/Spanish/Chinese), for all SIMOCODE pro,online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS/PROFINET,parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)


} 3ZS1322-6CC11-0YA5 1 1 unit 42J


Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2007

Floating license for one user, engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, license key on USB stick, Class A, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/Spanish/Chinese), combo license for parallel use of versions 2007 and V13 of SIRIUS ES,for all SIMOCODE pro,online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS/PROFINET,parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)

A 3ZS1322-6CC11-0YE5 1 1 unit 42J

Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES V13 Standard

Floating license for one user,engineering software, license key on USB stick, Class A, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/Spanish/Chinese), for all SIMOCODE pro, online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS/PROFINET, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)

A 3ZS1322-6CC11-0YD5 1 1 unit 42J

Software Update Service

For 1 year with automatic extension, assuming software version of SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) is in use, engineering software, software and documentation on DVD, online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS/PROFINET, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)

} 3ZS1322-6CC11-0YL5 1 1 unit 42J

SIMOCODE ES V13 software download Trial license, Class A

Engineering software, 6 languages (German/English/French/Italian/Spanish/Chinese), for all SIMOCODE pro,online functions through system interface and PROFIBUS/PROFINET, parameterizing with integrated graphics editor (CFC-based)

} 3ZS1322-6CE11-0YG8 1 1 unit 42J


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Optional accessories

3UF7941-0AA00-0

USB PC cables

For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG, for communication with SIMOCODE ES through the system interface

} 3UF7941-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

USB-to-serial adapters

For connecting an RS 232 PC cable to the USB interface of a PC, recommended for use in conjunction with SIMOCODE ES

B 3UF7946-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J





www.siemens.com/product?3ZS1322-6CC11-0YE5


www.siemens.com/product?3ZS1322-6CC11-0YL5

www.siemens.com/product?3ZS1322-6CE11-0YG8




SIRIUS Safety ES

14

© Siemens AG 2015

■ Overview

SIRIUS Safety ES is the engineering software for the configura-tion, startup and diagnostics of the 3RK3 Modular Safety System and 3SK2 safety relays. The software combines the configuring of the hardware, the parameterization of the safety functions, and the testing and diagnostics of the safety system.

Hardware configuration

The equipment configuration of the 3RK3 or 3SK2 systems is defined in the configuration dialog.The available modules are simply selected from the clearly organized hardware catalog and placed in the work space.Depending on the device system used (3RK3 or 3SK2), only the permissible devices for the relevant system are visible in the hardware catalog. For greater clarity, the configuration is represented in graphical form.Furthermore, the data volume on the AS-i bus for 3RK3 devices is either calculated online or configured manually from the AS-i library.An equipment identifier can be optionally assigned to each module. This identifier is then also displayed in the logic diagram in order to identify inputs and outputs.

Definition of the hardware layout

Graphic parameterizing of the safety logic by Drag & DropThe functionality of the safety logic is laid down with a graphics editor designed for intuitive operation. Safe monitoring functions (EMERGENCY-STOP, non-contact protective devices/light arrays, protective doors, etc.), output functions and logic func-tions (AND/OR operations, counting function, time functions, etc.), non-safety-related input/output functions, device status functions and control functions can be dragged from the exten-sive functions catalog into the work space by Drag&Drop. Depending on the version, each function has several input and output connecting points through which the functions can be interconnected by simple mouse clicks. Double-clicking on a function symbol opens the related features dialog window in which all the parameters can be displayed and configured: Scope of the function's inputs and outputs, configuring the channel type (single-/two-channel, NC contact/NO contact), activating cross-circuit detection, defining start options, assign-ing the hardware inputs and outputs, etc. Of course each func-tion can be issued with an individual name so that e.g. the position of a safety switch in the plant can be documented.

The safety logic can be divided into several diagrams in order to enable structured processing of the entire plant. The user can freely position the functions on a quasi infinitely large drawing board, whereby the connecting lines are drawn automatically. If there is not enough space, more pages are automatically added to the diagram in horizontal or vertical direction. Connecting lines extending over several pages are automatically issued with cross-references during print-out. If required in the interest of clarity, the user can divide a connecting line manually into two segments, whereby the mutual reference is marked by reference arrows. For further documentation, freely compilable comment texts can be placed at any point in the diagram. Every point in the logic diagram can be processed with ease by dragging and zooming. Every project can be saved as a file and be password-protected from unauthorized access.

Processing the safety functions in the graphics editor

AS-InterfaceEvaluation of the AS-i slaves connected to the AS-i bus is also parameterized using the tried and tested method described above.In order to be able to use the AS-i functionalities, a 3RK3 Advanced or 3RK3 ASIsafe (basic/extended) central unit must be used.

14/9Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


SIRIUS Safety ES


User prompting during start up and maintenanceTo start up the relevant safety system, the created project file is uploaded to the device. There are two ways of doing this:• Connect the serial (COM) or USB interface of the PC to the

device using an appropriate connection cable.• Use the DP interface to download the parameterization

through any PROFIBUS node.

Access to the device can be password-protected.After the project is loaded, the user switches the device by means of the software from configuring mode to test mode in which the safety functions can be tested.Activating the diagnostics shows the status of the individual functions in the graphic logic diagram by means of different colors and symbols. In addition, more detailed information about each function element can be displayed in the logic diagram. For the purpose of testing the logic diagram, it is also possible to manually overwrite the signal state of each function element ("forcing"). If the test is completed successfully, the user releases the configuration and switches the device to safety mode, in which case "forcing" is automatically deactivated.Service personnel can activate the graphic diagnostics in safety mode as well. The I&M (Identification & Maintenance) data saved in the device facilitate maintenance.

Efficient engineering with three program versions

✓ Function available

-- Function not available

Additional functions• The program interface language can be switched during use

between German, English and French• A context-sensitive help function provides useful assistance

with questions concerning the use of the program• A consistency check informs clearly about function assign-

ment errors. Checks are carried out automatically when a project is saved and during the configuration test, but they can also be initiated manually

• Lists of symbols and cross-references can be output for effective processing of the project file

• Standard-compliant printoutsThe programs of the SIRIUS ES software family make machine documentation far easier. They enable parameterization printouts according to EN ISO 7200. The elements to be printed are easy to select and group as required.

Types of delivery and licensesSIRIUS Safety ES is available with the following licenses: • Floating license

- Package contains the software on CD and a floating license on a USB stick

- The software can be installed on any number of PCs- The floating license enables the software to be used by

1 user; after use, it can be transferred from the one PC to another

- The CD also contains a trial license for test and evaluation purposes (free use of all program functions on any PC for a period of 14 days).

The following delivery versions are additionally available for SIRIUS Safety ES:

• PowerpackSpecial pack for switching within the same software version to a more powerful version with more functionality, e.g. Powerpack SIRIUS Safety ES for switching from Basic to Standard and from Standard to Premium.

• License downloadSimply download your new software and license key from the Internet via the Online Software Delivery (OSD) platform. After you have placed your order in our mall, you will receive your access data by e-mail, which will allow you to download the license or software you have ordered. For more information, seewww.siemens.com/tia-online-software-delivery.

The software can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet (without floating license), see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/21192/dl.

The download file also contains a trial license for test and evaluation purposes that allows free use of all program functions for a period of 14 days. A floating license is needed to use the software after the 14 days.

SIRIUS Safety ES Basic Standard PremiumAccess through the local interface on the device

✓ ✓ ✓

Parameterization ✓ ✓ ✓

Operating ✓ ✓ ✓

Diagnostics ✓ ✓ ✓

Test ✓ ✓ ✓

Integrated graphics editor ✓ ✓ ✓

Importing/exporting parameters -- ✓ ✓

Comparison functions -- ✓ ✓

Comfort functions -- ✓ ✓

Terminal designator -- ✓ ✓

Work on sub-diagrams -- ✓ ✓

Standard-compliant printout according to EN ISO 7200

✓ ✓ ✓

Downloading parameterization through PROFIBUS

-- -- ✓

Online diagnostics using PROFIBUS

-- -- ✓

Creating, importing and exporting macros

-- -- ✓

14/10 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/21192/dl


SIRIUS Safety ES

14

© Siemens AG 2015

System requirements

■ Benefits

• Convenient parameterization, operation, monitoring and testing by means of a user-friendly and clear-cut user interface

• Reliable diagnostic tool• All functions, such as safety and logic functions, are available

as modules, and are easy to link to one another.• Automatic creation of comprehensive documentation of safety

functions

SIRIUS Safety ES parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software

Operating system Windows XP Professional (Service Pack 2 or 3), Windows 7 32/64 bit Professional/Ultimate/Enterprise (Service Pack 1)

Processor ≥ Pentium 800 MHz/≥ 1 GHz (Windows 7)

RAM ≥ 512 MB (Windows XP Professional)/≥ 1 GB (Windows 7 32-bit)/≥ 2 GB (Windows 7 64-bit)

Monitor resolution ≥ 1024 x 768

Free space on hard disk ≥ 280 MB

CD-ROM/DVD drive Yes (only when installing from CD)

Interface USB

PC cables for PC/PG communication Yes

14/11Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


SIRIUS Safety ES



SIRIUS Safety ES parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software• Delivered without PC cable

Notes:

Please order PC cable separately, see Accessories. For description of the software versions, see page 14/10.

■ Accessories


SIRIUS Safety ES Programming and Operating Manual, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109444445.


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

SIRIUS Safety ES Basic

3ZS1316-4CC10-0YA5


Engineering software in limited-function version for diagnostics purposes, software and documentation on CD, 3 languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface

• License key on USB stick, Class A A 3ZS1316-4CC10-0YA5 1 1 unit 42B• License key download, Class A } 3ZS1316-4CE10-0YB5 1 1 unit 42B

SIRIUS Safety ES Standard

3ZS1316-5CC10-0YA5


Engineering software, software and documentation on CD, 3 languages (German/English/French), communication through system interface

• License key on USB stick, Class A B 3ZS1316-5CC10-0YA5 1 1 unit 42B• License key download, Class A } 3ZS1316-5CE10-0YB5 1 1 unit 42B

Powerpack for SIRIUS Safety ES Basic to Standard

Floating license for one user, engineering software, license key on USB stick, Class A, 3 languages (German/English/French), communication through the system interface

A 3ZS1316-5CC10-0YD5 1 1 unit 42B

SIRIUS Safety ES Premium

3ZS1316-6CC10-0YA5


Engineering software, software and documentation on CD, 3 languages (German/English/French), communication through PROFIBUS or the system interface, online diagnostics via PROFIBUS, creating, importing and exporting macros

• License key on USB stick, Class A B 3ZS1316-6CC10-0YA5 1 1 unit 42B• License key download, Class A } 3ZS1316-6CE10-0YB5 1 1 unit 42B

Powerpack for SIRIUS Safety ES Standard to Premium

Floating license for one user, engineering software, license key on USB stick, Class A, 3 languages (German/English/French), communication through PROFIBUS or the system interface, online diagnostics via PROFIBUS, creating, importing and exporting macros

A 3ZS1316-6CC10-0YD5 1 1 unit 42B


PU(UNIT,

SET, M)

PS* PG

Optional accessories

3UF7941-0AA00-0

USB PC cables

For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG, for communication with 3RK3 and 3SK2 through the system interface, recommended for use in connection with 3RK3 and 3SK2

} 3UF7941-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J

USB/serial adapters

For connecting an RS 232 PC cable to the USB interface of a PC

B 3UF7946-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J














Subject index

16

A

Accessories for motor control center• for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18

Adapters for operator panel• for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18

Addressing plugs• for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/17

Assembly kits• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/44

ATEX• SIMOCODE pro ........................................10/2

Auxiliary switch blocks• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/40

Auxiliary switches• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/39

B

Bus cable for backplane bus (Ethernet connection) ....................................2/11

Bus connection terminals• for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18

Bus termination modules• for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/19

Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/45

C

Clip-on labels• for SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays .............5/10• for SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters .......10/26

CM 4xIO-Link communication module .................... 2/10 ... 2/12

CM 4xIO-Link master module for ET 200AL .................................................2/11

Coding pins• for 3SK safety relays ..............................11/21

Commanding and signaling devices ............13/2

Communication overview• IO-Link ........................................................2/3

Components for IO-Link .................................2/8

Connecting combs• for SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays .............5/10• for SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters .......10/26

Connecting wedges• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/46

Connection cables• for 3SK2 safety relays ............................ 11/20• for SIMOCODE pro ................................ 10/17

Connection modules for contactors with screw terminals• for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/40

Contact blocks• for magnetically operated switches 12/5, 12/6

Coupling relays, SIRIUS 3RQ3• Accessories ............................................. 5/10• Slim design ................................... 5/3 ... 5/10

Customer assembly• of fused load feeders ................................. 8/4• of fuseless load feeders.............................. 8/4

D

Device connectors• for 3SK1 safety relays ............................ 11/20• for 3SK2 safety relays ............................ 11/20

Device terminating connectors• for 3SK1 safety relays ............................ 11/20

Diagnostics modules• for 3SK2 safety relays ............................ 11/21

Direct-on-line starters• 3RA21 load feeders .................... 8/19 ... 8/28

Door adapters• for 3SK2 safety relays ............................ 11/21• for SIMOCODE pro ................................ 10/18

E

Enclosures• for pushbuttons and indicator lights ........ 13/3

Engineering software• SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) ........ 14/4 ... 14/8• SIRIUS Safety ES ...................... 14/9 ... 14/12

Ethernet connection (FastConnect stripping tool) ........................ 2/12

Explosion protection (ATEX)• SIMOCODE pro ....................................... 10/2

F

FastConnect stripping tool (Ethernet connection) ................................... 2/11

G

Galvanic isolation plates• for SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays .............5/10• for SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters ......10/26

I

Interface covers• for 3SK2 safety relays ............................11/21• for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/17

IO-Link ............................................... 2/2 ... 2/12• Communication overview ...........................2/3• Software .....................................................2/8• Specification ..............................................2/9• System components ........................ 2/3 ... 2/8

L

Labeling plates• for CM 4xIO-Link communication module 2/12

Labeling strips• for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18

Link modules• for 3RA2 load feeders .................... 8/42, 8/43

Load feeders, 3RA2.............................8/3 ... 8/46

M

M8 plug for Ethernet connection ..................2/11

M8 power plug .............................................2/11

Magnetically operated switches ...... 12/1 ... 12/7

Memory modules• for 3SK2 safety relays ............................11/21• for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/17

Monitoring units• for magnetically operated switches .........12/7

Motor management and control devices• SIMOCODE pro ......................... 10/3 ... 10/19

Motor starters• for use in the control cabinet ......... 8/2 ... 8/46

Mounting rail• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/44

O

Optocouplers with semiconductor output (not plug-in) ....................................................5/9

Appendix

© Siemens AG 2015

16/2 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Subject index

16

P

PC cables and adapters• for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/17

Position switches ............................. 12/1 ... 12/7

Power cable, M8 ............................................2/11

Pushbuttons and indicator lights, SIRIUS ACT ...................................... 13/4 ... 13/6

Push-in lugs• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/44• for 3SK safety relays ..............................11/21• for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/18

R

Relay couplers (not plug-in) ...........................5/7

Relay couplers with plug-in design ................5/8

Reversing starters• 3RA22 load feeders .................... 8/29 ... 8/38

S

Safety main current connectors• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/43

Safety relays, SIRIUS 3SK .............. 11/3 ... 11/22

Safety relays, 3SK• 3SK1 Advanced basic units ...................11/14• 3SK1 Standard basic units .....................11/13• 3SK2 basic units ....................................11/15• Accessories .............................11/19 ... 11/21• Input expansions ....................................11/18• Output expansions .................................11/16

Safety switches ................................ 12/1 ... 12/7• Magnetically operated switches ..............12/6

Screwdrivers• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/46• for SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays .............5/10• for SIRIUS 3RS70 signal converters .......10/26

Sealable covers• for 3SK safety relays ..............................11/21

Shunt releases• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/39

Side modules for standard mounting rail adapters• for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/44

Signal converters, SIRIUS 3RS70 .............................. 10/20 ... 10/27• Single-range converters, passive .......... 10/25• Switchable multi-range converters,

active ..................................................... 10/25• Switchable multi-range converters,

active with manual/automatic switch ..... 10/25• Switchable universal converters, active 10/25

SIMOCODE ES (TIA Portal) ............. 14/4 ... 14/8

SIMOCODE pro 3UF7• Accessories ............................ 10/17 ... 10/19• Basic units ..................................10/12, 10/13• Expansion modules ....................10/14, 10/15• Fail-safe expansion modules ................. 10/16• Operator panels ..................................... 10/13

SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and indicator lights...... 13/4 ... 13/6

SIRIUS Safety ES .......................... 14/9 ... 14/12

Software• for 3SK2 .................................... 14/9 ... 14/12• for IO-Link .................................................. 2/8• for SIMOCODE pro ..................... 14/4 ... 14/8• for SIRIUS ................................. 14/1 ... 14/12

Spacers• for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/46

Specification• IO-Link ....................................................... 2/9

Standard mounting rail adapters• for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/44

Stripping tool• for bus cables .......................................... 2/11

Surge suppressors without LED for contactors• for 3RA2 load feeders .............................. 8/41

Switching magnets .............................. 12/5, 12/6

System components• IO-Link ............................................ 2/3 ... 2/8

T

Terminal covers• for SIMOCODE pro .................................10/19

Terminals• for 3SK safety relays ..............................11/20

Tools for spring-type terminals• for coupling relays ....................................5/10• for safety relays ......................................11/21• for signal converters ..............................10/26

U

Undervoltage releases• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/39

Unit labeling plates• for 3SK safety relays ..............................11/21• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/46

USB PC cables• for 3SK2 safety relays ............................14/12• for SIMOCODE .........................................14/8

USB/serial adapters• for 3SK2 safety relays ................ 11/20, 14/12• for SIMOCODE .........................................14/8

W

Wiring kits• for 3RA2 load feeders ..............................8/43

Appendix

© Siemens AG 2015

16/3Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Article number index

16

Article No. Page

3R 3RA190 8/44

3RA192 8/42

3RA2110-0BA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0BD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0BE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0BH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0CA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0CD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0CE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0CH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0DA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0DD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0DE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0DH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0EA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0ED 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0EE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0EH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0FA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0FD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0FE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0FH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0GA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0GD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0GE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0GH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0HA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0HD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0HE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0HH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0JA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0JD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0JE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0JH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-0KA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-0KD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-0KE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-0KH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1AA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1AD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1AE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1AH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1BA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1BD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1BE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1BH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1CA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1CD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1CE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1CH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1DA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1DD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1DE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1DH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1EA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1ED 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1EE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1EH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1FA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1FD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1FE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1FH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1GA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1GD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1GE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1GH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1HA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1HD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1HE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1HH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1JA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1JD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1JE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1JH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-1KA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-1KD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-1KE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-1KH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2110-4AA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2110-4AD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2110-4AE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2110-4AH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-1FA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-1FD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-1FE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-1FH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-1GA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-1GD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-1GE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-1GH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-1HA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-1HD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-1HE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-1HH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-1JA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-1JD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-1JE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-1JH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-1KA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-1KD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-1KE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-1KH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-4AA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-4AD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-4AE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-4AH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-4BA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-4BD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-4BE 8/21, 8/24

Article No. Page

Appendix

© Siemens AG 2015

16/4 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


16

3RA2120-4BH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-4CA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-4CD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-4CE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-4CH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-4DA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-4DD 8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-4DE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-4DH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-4EA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-4ED 8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-4EE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-4EH 8/26, 8/28

3RA2120-4NA 8/19, 8/22

3RA2120-4ND 8/25, 8/27

3RA2120-4NE 8/21, 8/24

3RA2120-4NH 8/26, 8/28

3RA213 8/20, 8/23

3RA215 8/19, 8/22

3RA2210-0BA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-0BD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-0BE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0BH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0CA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-0CD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-0CE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0CH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0DA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-0DD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-0DE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0DH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0EA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-0ED 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-0EE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0EH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0FA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-0FD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-0FE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0FH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0GA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-0GD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-0GE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0GH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0HA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-0HD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-0HE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0HH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0JA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-0JD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-0JE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0JH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-0KA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-0KD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-0KE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-0KH 8/36, 8/38

Article No. Page

3RA2210-1AA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-1AD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-1AE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1AH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1BA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-1BD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-1BE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1BH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1CA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-1CD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-1CE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1CH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1DA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-1DD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-1DE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1DH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1EA 8/29, 8/32

3RA2210-1ED 8/34, 8/37

3RA2210-1EE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1EH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1FA 8/30, 8/32

3RA2210-1FD 8/35, 8/37

3RA2210-1FE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1FH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1GA 8/30, 8/32

3RA2210-1GD 8/35, 8/37

3RA2210-1GE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1GH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1HA 8/30, 8/32

3RA2210-1HD 8/35, 8/37

3RA2210-1HE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1HH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1JA 8/30, 8/32

3RA2210-1JD 8/35, 8/37

3RA2210-1JE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1JH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-1KA 8/30, 8/32

3RA2210-1KD 8/35, 8/37

3RA2210-1KE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-1KH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2210-4AA 8/30, 8/32

3RA2210-4AD 8/35, 8/37

3RA2210-4AE 8/31, 8/33

3RA2210-4AH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-1FB 8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-1FD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-1FF 8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-1FH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-1GB 8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-1GD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-1GF 8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-1GH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-1HB 8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-1HD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-1HF 8/31, 8/33

Article No. Page

Appendix

© Siemens AG 2015

16/5Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015


16

3RA2220-1HH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-1JB 8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-1JD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-1JF 8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-1JH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-1KB 8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-1KD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-1KF 8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-1KH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-4AB 8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-4AD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-4AF 8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-4AH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-4BB 8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-4BD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-4BF 8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-4BH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-4CB 8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-4CD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-4CF 8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-4CH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-4DB 8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-4DD 8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-4DF 8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-4DH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-4EB 8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-4ED 8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-4EF 8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-4EH 8/36, 8/38

3RA2220-4NB 8/29, 8/32

3RA2220-4ND 8/34, 8/37

3RA2220-4NF 8/31, 8/33

3RA2220-4NH 8/36, 8/38

3RA290 5/10, 8/46, 11/21

3RA2911-1 8/46

3RA2911-2 8/42, 8/43

3RA2913-1 8/46

3RA2913-2A 8/43

3RA2913-2B 8/43

3RA2916 8/43

3RA2921 8/42, 8/43

3RA2922 8/44

3RA2923 8/43 , 8/44, 8/46

3RA2926 8/43

3RA2931 8/42, 8/43

3RA2932 8/44

3RA2933 8/43, 8/44, 8/46

3RA2936 8/43

3RA6 10/17

3RH 8/40

3RK 2/2, 11/21

3RP 10/18

3RQ30 5/7, 5/9

3RQ31 5/8

3RS 10/25

Article No. Page

3RT1 8/40, 10/19

3RT2 8/41, 8/46, 11/21

3RV290 8/39

3RV292 8/44, 10/18

3S 3SE66 12/5, 12/6

3SE67 12/5, 12/6

3SE68 12/7

3SK111 11/13, 12/7

3SK112 11/14, 12/7

3SK12 11/17, 11/18

3SK2 11/15, 12/7

3SX 12/6

3T 3TX 5/10, 10/26

3U 3UF1 10/19

3UF70 10/12

3UF7100 10/13

3UF7101 10/13

3UF7102 10/13

3UF7103-1A 10/13

3UF7103-1B 10/13

3UF7104 10/13

3UF7110 10/13

3UF7111 10/13

3UF7112 10/13

3UF7113-1A 10/13

3UF7113-1B 10/13

3UF7114 10/13

3UF715 10/13

3UF72 10/13

3UF73 10/14, 10/16

3UF74 10/14

3UF75 10/14

3UF76 10/15

3UF77 10/14

3UF79 10/17, 10/18, 11/20, 11/21, 14/8, 14/12

3Z3ZS 14/7, 14/8, 14/12

3ZY 10/18, 11/20, 11/21

6E6ES 2/11, 2/12

8U8US121 8/45

8US125 8/45

8US126 8/45

8US1998-1A 8/46

8US1998-1B 8/45

8US1998-1C 8/45

8US1998-1D 8/45

8US1998-2 8/45

8US1998-7 8/44

Article No. Page

Appendix

© Siemens AG 2015

16/6 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

Appendix

Conditions of sale and delivery

16

© Siemens AG 2015

■ 1. General Provisions

By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter referred to as "T&C"). Please note that the scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and services, including software products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Germany.

1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in GermanyFor customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the following applies subordinate to the T&C:• the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,• for software products, the "General License Conditions for

Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or Registered Office in Germany"1) and,

• for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics Industry"1).

1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside GermanyFor customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany, the following applies subordinate to the T&C:• the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,• for software products, the "General License Conditions for

Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1) and

• for other supplies and/or services, the "General Conditions for Supplies of Siemens Industry for Customers with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1).

■ 2. Prices

The prices are in € (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of packaging.The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to the applicable statutory legal regulations.Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charget the prices valid at the time of delivery.To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g. silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym), surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of the raw material in question is exceeded.The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price (for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of calculation. An exact explanation of the metal factor can be downloaded at:www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/ terms_of_trade_en.pdfTo calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which the order was received or the release order was effected is used.To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was received or the release order was effected is used with a one-month buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the explanation of the metal factor).

■ 3. Additional Terms and Conditions

The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches apply only to devices for export.Illustrations are not binding.Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this catalog - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given - these are subject to change without prior notice.

■ 4. Export regulations

We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of national or international foreign trade or customs requirements or any embargoes and/or other sanctions.Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to licensing requirements. We will indicate in the delivery details whether licenses are required under German, European and US export lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are subject to US re-export authorization. The export indications can be viewed in advance in the description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN" indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices are authoritative.Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authori-zation may be required i .a. due to the final disposition and intended use of goods.If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services (including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable national and international (re-)export control regulations.If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks, you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all infor-mation pertaining to the particular end customer, final dispo-sition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively works and services provided by us, as well as to any export control restrictions existing in this relation.The products listed in this catalog may be subject to European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the relevant authorities.Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.

1) The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be downloaded atwww.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/ terms_of_trade_en.pdf

16/7Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

http://www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/terms_of_trade_en.pdf

http://www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/terms_of_trade_en.pdf

Appendix

Notes


16/8 Siemens IC 10 N · 04/2015

CatalogsIndustry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution

Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner

Interactive Catalog on DVD CatalogProducts for Automation and Drives CA 01

Building ControlGAMMA Building Control ET G1

Drive SystemsSINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units

D 11

SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 Medium-Voltage Converters

D 12

SINAMICS PERFECT HARMONY GH180 Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives Germany Edition

D 15.1

SINAMICS G180 Converters – Compact Units, Cabinet Systems, Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled

D 18.1

SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and Cabinet Modules SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units

D 21.3

SINAMICS DCM DC Converter, Control Module D 23.1SINAMICS DCM Cabinet D 23.2SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives and SIMOTICS Motors

D 31

SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet pump, fan, compressor converters

D 35

Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, SIMOTICS TN• Series H-compact• Series H-compact PLUS

D 84.1

Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, Series H-compact

D 86.1

Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet Technology, HT-direct

D 86.2

DC Motors DA 12SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis Converters

DA 21.1

SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital

Converter Cabinet UnitsDA 22

SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4

Note: Additional catalogs on the SINAMICS drive system and SIMOTICS motors with SINUMERIK and SIMOTION can be found under Motion Control

Low-Voltage Three-Phase-MotorsSIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors D 81.1SIMOTICS FD Flexible Duty Motors D 81.8LOHER Low-Voltage Motors D 83.1MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1SIMOGEAR Geared Motors MD 50.1SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter MD 50.11

Mechanical Driving MachinesFLENDER Standard Couplings MD 10.1FLENDER High Performance Couplings MD 10.2FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear units MD 30.1FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units MD 31.1

Process Instrumentation and AnalyticsField Instruments for Process Automation FI 01Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software MP 31Products for Weighing Technology WT 10Digital: Process Analytical Instruments PA 01Digital: Process Analytics,

Components for the System IntegrationPA 11

Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF.

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology

Catalog

SENTRON · SIVACON · ALPHA Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems

LV 10

Standards-Compliant Components for Photovoltaic Plants

LV 11

Electrical Components for the Railway Industry LV 12Digital: TÜV-certified Power Monitoring System LV 14Components for Industrial Control Panels according to UL Standards

LV 16

3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A LV 353VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A LV 36Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting

and System Air-ConditioningLV 50

Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems LV 51ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks LV 52SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards LV 56SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1

Motion ControlSINUMERIK 840D sl Type 1B Equipment for Machine Tools

NC 62

SINUMERIK 808 Equipment for Machine Tools

NC 81.1

SINUMERIK 828 Equipment for Machine Tools

NC 82

SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS Equipment for Production Machines

PM 21

Drive and Control Components for Cranes CR 1

Power SupplySITOP Power supply KT 10.1

Safety IntegratedSafety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10

SIMATIC HMI/PC-based AutomationHuman Machine Interface Systems/PC-based Automation

ST 80/ ST PC

SIMATIC IdentIndustrial Identification Systems ID 10

SIMATIC Industrial Automation SystemsProducts for Totally Integrated Automation ST 70SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System System components

ST PCS 7

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System Technology components

ST PCS 7 T

Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System

ST PCS 7 AO

SIMATIC NETIndustrial Communication IK PI

SIRIUS Industrial Controls SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10

Information and Download Center

Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter There you’ll find additional catalogs in other languages.

© Siemens AG 2015

http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner

http://www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/infocenter

Get more information

Control Products:www.siemens.com/sirius

The information provided in this catalog contains merely general descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change without notice.All product designations may be trademarks or product names of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

Siemens AGDigital FactoryControl ProductsPostfach 23 5590713 FÜRTHGERMANY

Subject to change without prior noticePDF (E86060-K1010-A151-A5-7600)ST.PV.T.0040.S.00.57.40KG 0415 154 EnProduced in Germany © Siemens AG 2015

www.siemens.com/automation

Security information

Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, equipment and/or networks. They are important components in a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly check for product updates.

For the secure operation of Siemens products and solutions, it is necessary to take suitable preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept) and integrate each component into a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Third-party products that may be in use should also be considered. For more information about industrial security, visithttp://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.

To stay informed about product updates as they occur, sign up for a product-specific newsletter. For more information, visithttp://support.automation.siemens.com.

U1_IC10N_04_2015_en.indd 2U1_IC10N_04_2015_en.indd 2 5/4/2015 8:06:53 AM5/4/2015 8:06:53 AM

© Siemens AG 2015